Sync with the latest Gnulib code (6f2d632)

build-aux/config.rpath

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 # Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
 # run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
 #
-#   Copyright 1996-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Copyright 1996-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 #   Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
 #   Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
 #
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 #   known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build
 #   directory and/or the installation directory.
 
-# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
+# All known linkers require a '.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
 # which needs '.lib').
 libext=a
 shrext=.so
@@ -57,13 +57,6 @@ else
     aix*)
       wl='-Wl,'
       ;;
-    darwin*)
-      case $cc_basename in
-        xlc*)
-          wl='-Wl,'
-          ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
     mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
       ;;
     hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
@@ -72,9 +65,7 @@ else
     irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
       wl='-Wl,'
       ;;
-    newsos6)
-      ;;
-    linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
+    linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
       case $cc_basename in
         ecc*)
           wl='-Wl,'
@@ -85,17 +76,26 @@ else
         lf95*)
           wl='-Wl,'
           ;;
-        pgcc | pgf77 | pgf90)
+        nagfor*)
+          wl='-Wl,-Wl,,'
+          ;;
+        pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*)
           wl='-Wl,'
           ;;
         ccc*)
           wl='-Wl,'
           ;;
+        xl* | bgxl* | bgf* | mpixl*)
+          wl='-Wl,'
+          ;;
         como)
           wl='-lopt='
           ;;
         *)
           case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
+            *Sun\ F* | *Sun*Fortran*)
+              wl=
+              ;;
             *Sun\ C*)
               wl='-Wl,'
               ;;
@@ -103,13 +103,24 @@ else
           ;;
       esac
       ;;
+    newsos6)
+      ;;
+    *nto* | *qnx*)
+      ;;
     osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
       wl='-Wl,'
       ;;
     rdos*)
       ;;
     solaris*)
-      wl='-Wl,'
+      case $cc_basename in
+        f77* | f90* | f95* | sunf77* | sunf90* | sunf95*)
+          wl='-Qoption ld '
+          ;;
+        *)
+          wl='-Wl,'
+          ;;
+      esac
       ;;
     sunos4*)
       wl='-Qoption ld '
@@ -171,15 +182,14 @@ if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
       fi
       ;;
     amigaos*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      # Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports
-      # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
-      # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
-      # with the same dynamic library.  Since this doesn't match the
-      # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we cannot use
-      # them.
-      ld_shlibs=no
+      case "$host_cpu" in
+        powerpc)
+          ;;
+        m68k)
+          hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+          hardcode_minus_L=yes
+          ;;
+      esac
       ;;
     beos*)
       if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
@@ -198,11 +208,13 @@ if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
         ld_shlibs=no
       fi
       ;;
+    haiku*)
+      ;;
     interix[3-9]*)
       hardcode_direct=no
       hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
       ;;
-    gnu* | linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
+    gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
       if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
         :
       else
@@ -325,10 +337,14 @@ else
       fi
       ;;
     amigaos*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
-      ld_shlibs=no
+      case "$host_cpu" in
+        powerpc)
+          ;;
+        m68k)
+          hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+          hardcode_minus_L=yes
+          ;;
+      esac
       ;;
     bsdi[45]*)
       ;;
@@ -342,24 +358,15 @@ else
       ;;
     darwin* | rhapsody*)
       hardcode_direct=no
-      if test "$GCC" = yes ; then
+      if { case $cc_basename in ifort*) true;; *) test "$GCC" = yes;; esac; }; then
         :
       else
-        case $cc_basename in
-          xlc*)
-            ;;
-          *)
-            ld_shlibs=no
-            ;;
-        esac
+        ld_shlibs=no
       fi
       ;;
     dgux*)
       hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
       ;;
-    freebsd1*)
-      ld_shlibs=no
-      ;;
     freebsd2.2*)
       hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
       hardcode_direct=yes
@@ -420,6 +427,8 @@ else
       hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
       hardcode_libdir_separator=:
       ;;
+    *nto* | *qnx*)
+      ;;
     openbsd*)
       if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
         hardcode_direct=yes
@@ -515,7 +524,12 @@ case "$host_os" in
     library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
     ;;
   amigaos*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname.a'
+    case "$host_cpu" in
+      powerpc*)
+        library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;;
+      m68k)
+        library_names_spec='$libname.a' ;;
+    esac
     ;;
   beos*)
     library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
@@ -534,8 +548,6 @@ case "$host_os" in
   dgux*)
     library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
     ;;
-  freebsd1*)
-    ;;
   freebsd* | dragonfly*)
     case "$host_os" in
       freebsd[123]*)
@@ -547,6 +559,9 @@ case "$host_os" in
   gnu*)
     library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
     ;;
+  haiku*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+    ;;
   hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
     case $host_cpu in
       ia64*)
@@ -582,7 +597,7 @@ case "$host_os" in
     ;;
   linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
     ;;
-  linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
+  linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
     library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
     ;;
   knetbsd*-gnu)
@@ -594,7 +609,7 @@ case "$host_os" in
   newsos6)
     library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
     ;;
-  nto-qnx*)
+  *nto* | *qnx*)
     library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
     ;;
   openbsd*)
@@ -625,6 +640,9 @@ case "$host_os" in
   sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
     library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
     ;;
+  tpf*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+    ;;
   uts4*)
     library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
     ;;

build-aux/snippet/_Noreturn.h

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#if !defined _Noreturn && __STDC_VERSION__ < 201112
+# if (3 <= __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 2 && 8 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \
+      || 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C)
+#  define _Noreturn __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
+# elif 1200 <= _MSC_VER
+#  define _Noreturn __declspec (noreturn)
+# else
+#  define _Noreturn
+# endif
+#endif

build-aux/arg-nonnull.h → build-aux/snippet/arg-nonnull.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* A C macro for declaring that specific arguments must not be NULL.
-   Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
    under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+   General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

build-aux/c++defs.h → build-aux/snippet/c++defs.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* C++ compatible function declaration macros.
-   Copyright (C) 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
    under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+   General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

build-aux/warn-on-use.h → build-aux/snippet/warn-on-use.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* A C macro for emitting warnings if a function is used.
-   Copyright (C) 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
    under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+   General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
    rather than issue the nice warning, but the end result of informing
    the developer about their portability problem is still achieved):
    #if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ENVIRON
-   static inline char ***rpl_environ (void) { return &environ; }
+   static char ***rpl_environ (void) { return &environ; }
    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (rpl_environ, "environ is not always properly declared");
    # undef environ
    # define environ (*rpl_environ ())

gl/alignof.h

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-/* Determine alignment of types.
-   Copyright (C) 2003-2004, 2006, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _ALIGNOF_H
-#define _ALIGNOF_H
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-/* Determine the alignment of a structure slot (field) of a given type,
-   at compile time.  Note that the result depends on the ABI.
-   Note: The result cannot be used as a value for an 'enum' constant,
-   due to bugs in HP-UX 10.20 cc and AIX 3.2.5 xlc.  */
-#if defined __cplusplus
-  template <class type> struct alignof_helper { char __slot1; type __slot2; };
-# define alignof_slot(type) offsetof (alignof_helper<type>, __slot2)
-#else
-# define alignof_slot(type) offsetof (struct { char __slot1; type __slot2; }, __slot2)
-#endif
-
-/* Determine the good alignment of a object of the given type at compile time.
-   Note that this is not necessarily the same as alignof_slot(type).
-   For example, with GNU C on x86 platforms: alignof_type(double) = 8, but
-   - when -malign-double is not specified:  alignof_slot(double) = 4,
-   - when -malign-double is specified:      alignof_slot(double) = 8.
-   Note: The result cannot be used as a value for an 'enum' constant,
-   due to bugs in HP-UX 10.20 cc and AIX 3.2.5 xlc.  */
-#if defined __GNUC__
-# define alignof_type __alignof__
-#else
-# define alignof_type alignof_slot
-#endif
-
-/* alignof is an alias for alignof_slot semantics, since that's what most
-   callers need.
-   Note: The result cannot be used as a value for an 'enum' constant,
-   due to bugs in HP-UX 10.20 cc and AIX 3.2.5 xlc.  */
-#define alignof alignof_slot
-
-#endif /* _ALIGNOF_H */

gl/alloca.in.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Memory allocation on the stack.
 
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2010 Free Software Foundation,
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation,
    Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
@@ -14,9 +14,9 @@
    General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
-   USA.  */
+   License along with this program; if not, see
+   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+  */
 
 /* Avoid using the symbol _ALLOCA_H here, as Bison assumes _ALLOCA_H
    means there is a real alloca function.  */
@@ -44,6 +44,13 @@
 #  define alloca _alloca
 # elif defined __DECC && defined __VMS
 #  define alloca __ALLOCA
+# elif defined __TANDEM && defined _TNS_E_TARGET
+#  ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#  endif
+void *_alloca (unsigned short);
+#  pragma intrinsic (_alloca)
+#  define alloca _alloca
 # else
 #  include <stddef.h>
 #  ifdef  __cplusplus

gl/arpa_inet.in.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* A GNU-like <arpa/inet.h>.
 
-   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -13,22 +13,32 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
 
-#ifndef _GL_ARPA_INET_H
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ARPA_INET_H
 
 #if __GNUC__ >= 3
 @PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
 #endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
 
-/* Gnulib's sys/socket.h is responsible for pulling in winsock2.h etc
-   under MinGW.
+#if @HAVE_FEATURES_H@
+# include <features.h> /* for __GLIBC__ */
+#endif
+
+/* Gnulib's sys/socket.h is responsible for defining socklen_t (used below) and
+   for pulling in winsock2.h etc. under MinGW.
    But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
 #ifndef __GLIBC__
 # include <sys/socket.h>
 #endif
 
+/* On NonStop Kernel, inet_ntop and inet_pton are declared in <netdb.h>.
+   But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if defined __TANDEM && !defined __GLIBC__
+# include <netdb.h>
+#endif
+
 #if @HAVE_ARPA_INET_H@
 
 /* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
@@ -36,19 +46,17 @@
 
 #endif
 
-#ifndef _GL_ARPA_INET_H
-#define _GL_ARPA_INET_H
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ARPA_INET_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ARPA_INET_H
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
 
 /* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
 
 /* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
 
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
 
 #if @GNULIB_INET_NTOP@
-# if !@HAVE_DECL_INET_NTOP@
 /* Converts an internet address from internal format to a printable,
    presentable format.
    AF is an internet address family, such as AF_INET or AF_INET6.
@@ -64,10 +72,32 @@ extern "C" {
 
    For more details, see the POSIX:2001 specification
    <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/inet_ntop.html>.  */
-extern const char *inet_ntop (int af, const void *restrict src,
-                              char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt)
-     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
+# if @REPLACE_INET_NTOP@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef inet_ntop
+#   define inet_ntop rpl_inet_ntop
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (inet_ntop, const char *,
+                  (int af, const void *restrict src,
+                   char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (inet_ntop, const char *,
+                  (int af, const void *restrict src,
+                   char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_INET_NTOP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (inet_ntop, const char *,
+                  (int af, const void *restrict src,
+                   char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on NonStop Kernel, the fourth parameter is
+                                            size_t cnt.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (inet_ntop, const char *,
+                       (int af, const void *restrict src,
+                        char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt));
 # endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (inet_ntop);
 #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
 # undef inet_ntop
 # if HAVE_RAW_DECL_INET_NTOP
@@ -77,10 +107,26 @@ _GL_WARN_ON_USE (inet_ntop, "inet_ntop is unportable - "
 #endif
 
 #if @GNULIB_INET_PTON@
-# if !@HAVE_DECL_INET_PTON@
-extern int inet_pton (int af, const char *restrict src, void *restrict dst)
-     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
+# if @REPLACE_INET_PTON@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef inet_pton
+#   define inet_pton rpl_inet_pton
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (inet_pton, int,
+                  (int af, const char *restrict src, void *restrict dst)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (inet_pton, int,
+                  (int af, const char *restrict src, void *restrict dst));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_INET_PTON@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (inet_pton, int,
+                  (int af, const char *restrict src, void *restrict dst)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (inet_pton, int,
+                  (int af, const char *restrict src, void *restrict dst));
 # endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (inet_pton);
 #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
 # undef inet_pton
 # if HAVE_RAW_DECL_INET_PTON
@@ -89,9 +135,6 @@ _GL_WARN_ON_USE (inet_pton, "inet_pton is unportable - "
 # endif
 #endif
 
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
 
-#endif /* _GL_ARPA_INET_H */
-#endif /* _GL_ARPA_INET_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ARPA_INET_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ARPA_INET_H */

gl/asnprintf.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Formatted output to strings.
-   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -12,8 +12,7 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
 
 #include <config.h>
 

gl/asprintf.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Formatted output to strings.
-   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006-2007, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation,
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation,
    Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -13,8 +13,7 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
 
 #include <config.h>
 

gl/base64.c

@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
 /* base64.c -- Encode binary data using printable characters.
-   Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009, 2010 Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -13,14 +12,13 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
 
 /* Written by Simon Josefsson.  Partially adapted from GNU MailUtils
  * (mailbox/filter_trans.c, as of 2004-11-28).  Improved by review
  * from Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, and Stepan Kasal.
  *
- * See also RFC 3548 <http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3548.txt>.
+ * See also RFC 4648 <http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4648.txt>.
  *
  * Be careful with error checking.  Here is how you would typically
  * use these functions:
@@ -55,7 +53,7 @@
 #include <string.h>
 
 /* C89 compliant way to cast 'char' to 'unsigned char'. */
-static inline unsigned char
+static unsigned char
 to_uchar (char ch)
 {
   return ch;
@@ -316,7 +314,7 @@ base64_decode_ctx_init (struct base64_decode_context *ctx)
    and return CTX->buf.  In either case, advance *IN to point to the byte
    after the last one processed, and set *N_NON_NEWLINE to the number of
    verified non-newline bytes accessible through the returned pointer.  */
-static inline char *
+static char *
 get_4 (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
        char const *restrict *in, char const *restrict in_end,
        size_t *n_non_newline)
@@ -370,7 +368,7 @@ get_4 (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
    as many bytes as possible are written to *OUT.  On return, advance
    *OUT to point to the byte after the last one written, and decrement
    *OUTLEN to reflect the number of bytes remaining in *OUT.  */
-static inline bool
+static bool
 decode_4 (char const *restrict in, size_t inlen,
           char *restrict *outp, size_t *outleft)
 {
@@ -553,10 +551,10 @@ base64_decode_alloc_ctx (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
 {
   /* This may allocate a few bytes too many, depending on input,
      but it's not worth the extra CPU time to compute the exact size.
-     The exact size is 3 * inlen / 4, minus 1 if the input ends
-     with "=" and minus another 1 if the input ends with "==".
+     The exact size is 3 * (inlen + (ctx ? ctx->i : 0)) / 4, minus 1 if the
+     input ends with "=" and minus another 1 if the input ends with "==".
      Dividing before multiplying avoids the possibility of overflow.  */
-  size_t needlen = 3 * (inlen / 4) + 2;
+  size_t needlen = 3 * (inlen / 4) + 3;
 
   *out = malloc (needlen);
   if (!*out)

gl/base64.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* base64.h -- Encode binary data using printable characters.
-   Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Simon Josefsson.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -13,8 +13,7 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
 
 #ifndef BASE64_H
 # define BASE64_H
@@ -25,6 +24,10 @@
 /* Get bool. */
 # include <stdbool.h>
 
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
 /* This uses that the expression (n+(k-1))/k means the smallest
    integer >= n/k, i.e., the ceiling of n/k.  */
 # define BASE64_LENGTH(inlen) ((((inlen) + 2) / 3) * 4)
@@ -35,7 +38,7 @@ struct base64_decode_context
   char buf[4];
 };
 
-extern bool isbase64 (char ch);
+extern bool isbase64 (char ch) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
 
 extern void base64_encode (const char *restrict in, size_t inlen,
                            char *restrict out, size_t outlen);
@@ -58,4 +61,8 @@ extern bool base64_decode_alloc_ctx (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
 #define base64_decode_alloc(in, inlen, out, outlen) \
         base64_decode_alloc_ctx (NULL, in, inlen, out, outlen)
 
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
 #endif /* BASE64_H */

gl/basename-lgpl.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* basename.c -- return the last element in a file name
 
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2010 Free Software
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
    Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify

gl/basename.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* basename.c -- return the last element in a file name
 
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2010 Free Software
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
    Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ base_name (char const *name)
   if (ISSLASH (base[length]))
     length++;
 
-  /* On systems with drive letters, `a/b:c' must return `./b:c' rather
-     than `b:c' to avoid confusion with a drive letter.  On systems
+  /* On systems with drive letters, "a/b:c" must return "./b:c" rather
+     than "b:c" to avoid confusion with a drive letter.  On systems
      with pure POSIX semantics, this is not an issue.  */
   if (FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (base))
     {

gl/btowc.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Convert unibyte character to wide character.
-   Copyright (C) 2008, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2008, 2010-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify

gl/c-strtod.c

@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-/* Convert string to double, using the C locale.
-
-   Copyright (C) 2003-2004, 2006, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include "c-strtod.h"
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <locale.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#if LONG
-# define C_STRTOD c_strtold
-# define DOUBLE long double
-# define STRTOD_L strtold_l
-#else
-# define C_STRTOD c_strtod
-# define DOUBLE double
-# define STRTOD_L strtod_l
-#endif
-
-/* c_strtold falls back on strtod if strtold doesn't conform to C99.  */
-#if LONG && HAVE_C99_STRTOLD
-# define STRTOD strtold
-#else
-# define STRTOD strtod
-#endif
-
-#ifdef LC_ALL_MASK
-
-/* Cache for the C locale object.
-   Marked volatile so that different threads see the same value
-   (avoids locking).  */
-static volatile locale_t c_locale_cache;
-
-/* Return the C locale object, or (locale_t) 0 with errno set
-   if it cannot be created.  */
-static inline locale_t
-c_locale (void)
-{
-  if (!c_locale_cache)
-    c_locale_cache = newlocale (LC_ALL_MASK, "C", (locale_t) 0);
-  return c_locale_cache;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-DOUBLE
-C_STRTOD (char const *nptr, char **endptr)
-{
-  DOUBLE r;
-
-#ifdef LC_ALL_MASK
-
-  locale_t locale = c_locale ();
-  if (!locale)
-    {
-      if (endptr)
-        *endptr = (char *) nptr;
-      return 0; /* errno is set here */
-    }
-
-  r = STRTOD_L (nptr, endptr, locale);
-
-#else
-
-  char *saved_locale = setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, NULL);
-
-  if (saved_locale)
-    {
-      saved_locale = strdup (saved_locale);
-      if (saved_locale == NULL)
-        {
-          if (endptr)
-            *endptr = (char *) nptr;
-          return 0; /* errno is set here */
-        }
-      setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, "C");
-    }
-
-  r = STRTOD (nptr, endptr);
-
-  if (saved_locale)
-    {
-      int saved_errno = errno;
-
-      setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, saved_locale);
-      free (saved_locale);
-      errno = saved_errno;
-    }
-
-#endif
-
-  return r;
-}

gl/c-strtod.h

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-/* Convert string to double, using the C locale.
-
-   Copyright (C) 2003-2004, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
-
-/* Parse the initial portion of the string pointed to by NPTR as a floating-
-   point number (in decimal or hexadecimal notation), like in the C locale:
-   accepting only the ASCII digits '0'..'9', and only '.' as decimal point
-   character.
-   If ENDPTR is not NULL, set *ENDPTR to point to the first byte beyond the
-   parsed number or to NPTR if the string does not start with a parseable
-   number.
-   Return value:
-   - If successful, return the value as a double or 'long double',
-     respectively, and don't modify errno.
-   - In case of overflow, return ±HUGE_VAL or ±HUGE_VALL, respectively, and
-     set errno to ERANGE.
-   - In case of underflow, return a value very near to 0 and set errno to
-     ERANGE.
-   - If the string does not start with a number at all, return 0 (and recall
-     that if ENDPTR != NULL, *ENDPTR is set to NPTR), and maybe set errno to
-     EINVAL.
-   - In case of other error, return 0 and set errno, for example to ENOMEM.  */
-extern double      c_strtod  (char const *nptr, char **endptr);
-extern long double c_strtold (char const *nptr, char **endptr);

gl/cloexec.c

@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-/* closexec.c - set or clear the close-on-exec descriptor flag
-
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 2004-2006, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-   The code is taken from glibc/manual/llio.texi  */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include "cloexec.h"
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-/* Set the `FD_CLOEXEC' flag of DESC if VALUE is true,
-   or clear the flag if VALUE is false.
-   Return 0 on success, or -1 on error with `errno' set.
-
-   Note that on MingW, this function does NOT protect DESC from being
-   inherited into spawned children.  Instead, either use dup_cloexec
-   followed by closing the original DESC, or use interfaces such as
-   open or pipe2 that accept flags like O_CLOEXEC to create DESC
-   non-inheritable in the first place.  */
-
-int
-set_cloexec_flag (int desc, bool value)
-{
-#ifdef F_SETFD
-
-  int flags = fcntl (desc, F_GETFD, 0);
-
-  if (0 <= flags)
-    {
-      int newflags = (value ? flags | FD_CLOEXEC : flags & ~FD_CLOEXEC);
-
-      if (flags == newflags
-          || fcntl (desc, F_SETFD, newflags) != -1)
-        return 0;
-    }
-
-  return -1;
-
-#else /* !F_SETFD */
-
-  /* Use dup2 to reject invalid file descriptors; the cloexec flag
-     will be unaffected.  */
-  if (desc < 0)
-    {
-      errno = EBADF;
-      return -1;
-    }
-  if (dup2 (desc, desc) < 0)
-    /* errno is EBADF here.  */
-    return -1;
-
-  /* There is nothing we can do on this kind of platform.  Punt.  */
-  return 0;
-#endif /* !F_SETFD */
-}
-
-
-/* Duplicates a file handle FD, while marking the copy to be closed
-   prior to exec or spawn.  Returns -1 and sets errno if FD could not
-   be duplicated.  */
-
-int
-dup_cloexec (int fd)
-{
-  return fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, 0);
-}

gl/cloexec.h

@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-/* closexec.c - set or clear the close-on-exec descriptor flag
-
-   Copyright (C) 2004, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-*/
-
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
-/* Set the `FD_CLOEXEC' flag of DESC if VALUE is true,
-   or clear the flag if VALUE is false.
-   Return 0 on success, or -1 on error with `errno' set.
-
-   Note that on MingW, this function does NOT protect DESC from being
-   inherited into spawned children.  Instead, either use dup_cloexec
-   followed by closing the original DESC, or use interfaces such as
-   open or pipe2 that accept flags like O_CLOEXEC to create DESC
-   non-inheritable in the first place.  */
-
-int set_cloexec_flag (int desc, bool value);
-
-/* Duplicates a file handle FD, while marking the copy to be closed
-   prior to exec or spawn.  Returns -1 and sets errno if FD could not
-   be duplicated.  */
-
-int dup_cloexec (int fd);

gl/close-hook.c

@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-/* Hook for making the close() function extensible.
-   Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2009.
-
-   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-/* Specification.  */
-#include "close-hook.h"
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-#undef close
-
-
-/* Currently, this entire code is only needed for the handling of sockets
-   on native Windows platforms.  */
-#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS
-
-/* The first and last link in the doubly linked list.
-   Initially the list is empty.  */
-static struct close_hook anchor = { &anchor, &anchor, NULL };
-
-int
-execute_close_hooks (int fd, const struct close_hook *remaining_list)
-{
-  if (remaining_list == &anchor)
-    /* End of list reached.  */
-    return close (fd);
-  else
-    return remaining_list->private_fn (fd, remaining_list->private_next);
-}
-
-int
-execute_all_close_hooks (int fd)
-{
-  return execute_close_hooks (fd, anchor.private_next);
-}
-
-void
-register_close_hook (close_hook_fn hook, struct close_hook *link)
-{
-  if (link->private_next == NULL && link->private_prev == NULL)
-    {
-      /* Add the link to the doubly linked list.  */
-      link->private_next = anchor.private_next;
-      link->private_prev = &anchor;
-      link->private_fn = hook;
-      anchor.private_next->private_prev = link;
-      anchor.private_next = link;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* The link is already in use.  */
-      if (link->private_fn != hook)
-        abort ();
-    }
-}
-
-void
-unregister_close_hook (struct close_hook *link)
-{
-  struct close_hook *next = link->private_next;
-  struct close_hook *prev = link->private_prev;
-
-  if (next != NULL && prev != NULL)
-    {
-      /* The link is in use.  Remove it from the doubly linked list.  */
-      prev->private_next = next;
-      next->private_prev = prev;
-      /* Clear the link, to mark it unused.  */
-      link->private_next = NULL;
-      link->private_prev = NULL;
-      link->private_fn = NULL;
-    }
-}
-
-#endif

gl/close-hook.h

@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-/* Hook for making the close() function extensible.
-   Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
-
-
-#ifndef CLOSE_HOOK_H
-#define CLOSE_HOOK_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-
-/* Currently, this entire code is only needed for the handling of sockets
-   on native Windows platforms.  */
-#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS
-
-
-/* An element of the list of close hooks.
-   The fields of this structure are considered private.  */
-struct close_hook
-{
-  /* Doubly linked list.  */
-  struct close_hook *private_next;
-  struct close_hook *private_prev;
-  /* Function that treats the types of FD that it knows about and calls
-     execute_close_hooks (FD, REMAINING_LIST) as a fallback.  */
-  int (*private_fn) (int fd, const struct close_hook *remaining_list);
-};
-
-/* This type of function closes FD, applying special knowledge for the FD
-   types it knows about, and calls execute_close_hooks (FD, REMAINING_LIST)
-   for the other FD types.  */
-typedef int (*close_hook_fn) (int fd, const struct close_hook *remaining_list);
-
-/* Execute the close hooks in REMAINING_LIST.
-   Return 0 or -1, like close() would do.  */
-extern int execute_close_hooks (int fd, const struct close_hook *remaining_list);
-
-/* Execute all close hooks.
-   Return 0 or -1, like close() would do.  */
-extern int execute_all_close_hooks (int fd);
-
-/* Add a function to the list of close hooks.
-   The LINK variable points to a piece of memory which is guaranteed to be
-   accessible until the corresponding call to unregister_close_hook.  */
-extern void register_close_hook (close_hook_fn hook, struct close_hook *link);
-
-/* Removes a function from the list of close hooks.  */
-extern void unregister_close_hook (struct close_hook *link);
-
-
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* CLOSE_HOOK_H */

gl/config.charset

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 #! /bin/sh
 # Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
 #
-#   Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2006-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 #
 #   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 #   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -14,8 +14,7 @@
 #   GNU General Public License for more details.
 #
 #   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-#   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+#   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #
 # The table consists of lines of the form
 #    ALIAS  CANONICAL
@@ -30,6 +29,8 @@
 # The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
 #
 #       name              MIME?             used by which systems
+#                                    (darwin = Mac OS X, woe32 = native Windows)
+#
 #   ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968       glibc solaris freebsd netbsd darwin cygwin
 #   ISO-8859-1              Y   glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
 #   ISO-8859-2              Y   glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin

gl/dirname-lgpl.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a file name
 
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2010 Free Software
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
    Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 
 /* Return the length of the prefix of FILE that will be used by
    dir_name.  If FILE is in the working directory, this returns zero
-   even though `dir_name (FILE)' will return ".".  Works properly even
+   even though 'dir_name (FILE)' will return ".".  Works properly even
    if there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them).  */
 
 size_t
@@ -53,9 +53,9 @@ dir_len (char const *file)
 }
 
 
-/* In general, we can't use the builtin `dirname' function if available,
+/* In general, we can't use the builtin 'dirname' function if available,
    since it has different meanings in different environments.
-   In some environments the builtin `dirname' modifies its argument.
+   In some environments the builtin 'dirname' modifies its argument.
 
    Return the leading directories part of FILE, allocated with malloc.
    Works properly even if there are trailing slashes (by effectively

gl/dirname.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a file name
 
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2010 Free Software
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
    Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify

gl/dirname.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*  Take file names apart into directory and base names.
 
-    Copyright (C) 1998, 2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation,
+    Copyright (C) 1998, 2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation,
     Inc.
 
     This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -21,53 +21,25 @@
 
 # include <stdbool.h>
 # include <stddef.h>
+# include "dosname.h"
 
 # ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
 #  define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
 # endif
 
-# ifndef ISSLASH
-#  define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
-# endif
-
-# ifndef FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
-#  if FILE_SYSTEM_ACCEPTS_DRIVE_LETTER_PREFIX
-    /* This internal macro assumes ASCII, but all hosts that support drive
-       letters use ASCII.  */
-#   define _IS_DRIVE_LETTER(c) (((unsigned int) (c) | ('a' - 'A')) - 'a' \
-                                <= 'z' - 'a')
-#   define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) \
-           (_IS_DRIVE_LETTER ((Filename)[0]) && (Filename)[1] == ':' ? 2 : 0)
-#  else
-#   define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-# ifndef FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
-#  define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 0
-# endif
-
 # ifndef DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
 #  define DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT 0
 # endif
 
-# if FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
-#  define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(F) ISSLASH ((F)[FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (F)])
-# else
-#  define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(F) \
-          (ISSLASH ((F)[0]) || 0 < FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (F))
-# endif
-# define IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(F) (! IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (F))
-
 # if GNULIB_DIRNAME
 char *base_name (char const *file);
 char *dir_name (char const *file);
 # endif
 
 char *mdir_name (char const *file);
-size_t base_len (char const *file);
-size_t dir_len (char const *file);
-char *last_component (char const *file);
+size_t base_len (char const *file) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+size_t dir_len (char const *file) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+char *last_component (char const *file) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
 
 bool strip_trailing_slashes (char *file);
 

gl/dosname.h

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* File names on MS-DOS/Windows systems.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   From Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#ifndef _DOSNAME_H
+#define _DOSNAME_H
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ ||     \
+     defined __MSDOS__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || \
+     defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__)
+   /* This internal macro assumes ASCII, but all hosts that support drive
+      letters use ASCII.  */
+# define _IS_DRIVE_LETTER(C) (((unsigned int) (C) | ('a' - 'A')) - 'a'  \
+                              <= 'z' - 'a')
+# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) \
+          (_IS_DRIVE_LETTER ((Filename)[0]) && (Filename)[1] == ':' ? 2 : 0)
+# ifndef __CYGWIN__
+#  define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 1
+# endif
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+#else
+# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
+# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 0
+#endif
+
+#if FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
+#  define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(F) ISSLASH ((F)[FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (F)])
+# else
+#  define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(F)                              \
+     (ISSLASH ((F)[0]) || FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (F) != 0)
+#endif
+#define IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(F) (! IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (F))
+
+#endif /* DOSNAME_H_ */

gl/dup-safer.c

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-/* Invoke dup, but avoid some glitches.
-
-   Copyright (C) 2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include "unistd-safer.h"
-
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-/* Like dup, but do not return STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or
-   STDERR_FILENO.  */
-
-int
-dup_safer (int fd)
-{
-  return fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, STDERR_FILENO + 1);
-}

gl/dup2.c

@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-/* Duplicate an open file descriptor to a specified file descriptor.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1999, 2004-2007, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
-
-/* written by Paul Eggert */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-/* Specification.  */
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-
-#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
-/* Get declarations of the Win32 API functions.  */
-# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-# include <windows.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_DUP2
-
-# undef dup2
-
-int
-rpl_dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd)
-{
-  int result;
-# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
-  /* If fd is closed, mingw hangs on dup2 (fd, fd).  If fd is open,
-     dup2 (fd, fd) returns 0, but all further attempts to use fd in
-     future dup2 calls will hang.  */
-  if (fd == desired_fd)
-    {
-      if ((HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd) == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
-        {
-          errno = EBADF;
-          return -1;
-        }
-      return fd;
-    }
-  /* Wine 1.0.1 return 0 when desired_fd is negative but not -1:
-     http://bugs.winehq.org/show_bug.cgi?id=21289 */
-  if (desired_fd < 0)
-    {
-      errno = EBADF;
-      return -1;
-    }
-# endif
-  result = dup2 (fd, desired_fd);
-# ifdef __linux__
-  /* Correct a Linux return value.
-     <http://git.kernel.org/?p=linux/kernel/git/stable/linux-2.6.30.y.git;a=commitdiff;h=2b79bc4f7ebbd5af3c8b867968f9f15602d5f802>
-   */
-  if (fd == desired_fd && result == (unsigned int) -EBADF)
-    {
-      errno = EBADF;
-      result = -1;
-    }
-# endif
-  if (result == 0)
-    result = desired_fd;
-  /* Correct a cygwin 1.5.x errno value.  */
-  else if (result == -1 && errno == EMFILE)
-    errno = EBADF;
-# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
-  if (fd != desired_fd && result != -1)
-    result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
-# endif
-  return result;
-}
-
-#else /* !HAVE_DUP2 */
-
-/* On older platforms, dup2 did not exist.  */
-
-# ifndef F_DUPFD
-static int
-dupfd (int fd, int desired_fd)
-{
-  int duplicated_fd = dup (fd);
-  if (duplicated_fd < 0 || duplicated_fd == desired_fd)
-    return duplicated_fd;
-  else
-    {
-      int r = dupfd (fd, desired_fd);
-      int e = errno;
-      close (duplicated_fd);
-      errno = e;
-      return r;
-    }
-}
-# endif
-
-int
-dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd)
-{
-  int result = fcntl (fd, F_GETFL) < 0 ? -1 : fd;
-  if (result == -1 || fd == desired_fd)
-    return result;
-  close (desired_fd);
-# ifdef F_DUPFD
-  result = fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, desired_fd);
-#  if REPLACE_FCHDIR
-  if (0 <= result)
-    result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
-#  endif
-# else
-  result = dupfd (fd, desired_fd);
-# endif
-  if (result == -1 && (errno == EMFILE || errno == EINVAL))
-    errno = EBADF;
-  return result;
-}
-#endif /* !HAVE_DUP2 */

gl/errno.in.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* A POSIX-like <errno.h>.
 
-   Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -13,69 +13,137 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
 
-#ifndef _GL_ERRNO_H
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
 
 #if __GNUC__ >= 3
 @PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
 #endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
 
 /* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
 #@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_ERRNO_H@
 
-#ifndef _GL_ERRNO_H
-#define _GL_ERRNO_H
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
 
 
 /* On native Windows platforms, many macros are not defined.  */
 # if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
 
-/* POSIX says that EAGAIN and EWOULDBLOCK may have the same value.  */
-#  define EWOULDBLOCK     EAGAIN
+/* These are the same values as defined by MSVC 10, for interoperability.  */
 
-/* Values >= 100 seem safe to use.  */
-#  define ETXTBSY   100
-#  define GNULIB_defined_ETXTBSY 1
+#  ifndef ENOMSG
+#   define ENOMSG    122
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef EIDRM
+#   define EIDRM     111
+#   define GNULIB_defined_EIDRM 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef ENOLINK
+#   define ENOLINK   121
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef EPROTO
+#   define EPROTO    134
+#   define GNULIB_defined_EPROTO 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef EBADMSG
+#   define EBADMSG   104
+#   define GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef EOVERFLOW
+#   define EOVERFLOW 132
+#   define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef ENOTSUP
+#   define ENOTSUP   129
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef ENETRESET
+#   define ENETRESET 117
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef ECONNABORTED
+#   define ECONNABORTED 106
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef ECANCELED
+#   define ECANCELED 105
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef EOWNERDEAD
+#   define EOWNERDEAD 133
+#   define GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef ENOTRECOVERABLE
+#   define ENOTRECOVERABLE 127
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef EINPROGRESS
+#   define EINPROGRESS     112
+#   define EALREADY        103
+#   define ENOTSOCK        128
+#   define EDESTADDRREQ    109
+#   define EMSGSIZE        115
+#   define EPROTOTYPE      136
+#   define ENOPROTOOPT     123
+#   define EPROTONOSUPPORT 135
+#   define EOPNOTSUPP      130
+#   define EAFNOSUPPORT    102
+#   define EADDRINUSE      100
+#   define EADDRNOTAVAIL   101
+#   define ENETDOWN        116
+#   define ENETUNREACH     118
+#   define ECONNRESET      108
+#   define ENOBUFS         119
+#   define EISCONN         113
+#   define ENOTCONN        126
+#   define ETIMEDOUT       138
+#   define ECONNREFUSED    107
+#   define ELOOP           114
+#   define EHOSTUNREACH    110
+#   define EWOULDBLOCK     140
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ESOCK 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef ETXTBSY
+#   define ETXTBSY         139
+#   define ENODATA         120  /* not required by POSIX */
+#   define ENOSR           124  /* not required by POSIX */
+#   define ENOSTR          125  /* not required by POSIX */
+#   define ETIME           137  /* not required by POSIX */
+#   define EOTHER          131  /* not required by POSIX */
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ESTREAMS 1
+#  endif
 
 /* These are intentionally the same values as the WSA* error numbers, defined
    in <winsock2.h>.  */
-#  define EINPROGRESS     10036
-#  define EALREADY        10037
-#  define ENOTSOCK        10038
-#  define EDESTADDRREQ    10039
-#  define EMSGSIZE        10040
-#  define EPROTOTYPE      10041
-#  define ENOPROTOOPT     10042
-#  define EPROTONOSUPPORT 10043
 #  define ESOCKTNOSUPPORT 10044  /* not required by POSIX */
-#  define EOPNOTSUPP      10045
 #  define EPFNOSUPPORT    10046  /* not required by POSIX */
-#  define EAFNOSUPPORT    10047
-#  define EADDRINUSE      10048
-#  define EADDRNOTAVAIL   10049
-#  define ENETDOWN        10050
-#  define ENETUNREACH     10051
-#  define ENETRESET       10052
-#  define ECONNABORTED    10053
-#  define ECONNRESET      10054
-#  define ENOBUFS         10055
-#  define EISCONN         10056
-#  define ENOTCONN        10057
 #  define ESHUTDOWN       10058  /* not required by POSIX */
 #  define ETOOMANYREFS    10059  /* not required by POSIX */
-#  define ETIMEDOUT       10060
-#  define ECONNREFUSED    10061
-#  define ELOOP           10062
 #  define EHOSTDOWN       10064  /* not required by POSIX */
-#  define EHOSTUNREACH    10065
 #  define EPROCLIM        10067  /* not required by POSIX */
 #  define EUSERS          10068  /* not required by POSIX */
 #  define EDQUOT          10069
 #  define ESTALE          10070
 #  define EREMOTE         10071  /* not required by POSIX */
-#  define GNULIB_defined_ESOCK 1
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EWINSOCK 1
 
 # endif
 
@@ -98,6 +166,7 @@
 
 /* On OpenBSD 4.0 and on native Windows, the macros ENOMSG, EIDRM, ENOLINK,
    EPROTO, EMULTIHOP, EBADMSG, EOVERFLOW, ENOTSUP, ECANCELED are not defined.
+   Likewise, on NonStop Kernel, EDQUOT is not defined.
    Define them here.  Values >= 2000 seem safe to use: Solaris ESTALE = 151,
    HP-UX EWOULDBLOCK = 246, IRIX EDQUOT = 1133.
 
@@ -145,16 +214,66 @@
 #  define GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP 1
 # endif
 
+# ifndef ENETRESET
+#  define ENETRESET 2011
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ECONNABORTED
+#  define ECONNABORTED 2012
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED 1
+# endif
+
 # ifndef ESTALE
 #  define ESTALE    2009
 #  define GNULIB_defined_ESTALE 1
 # endif
 
+# ifndef EDQUOT
+#  define EDQUOT 2010
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EDQUOT 1
+# endif
+
 # ifndef ECANCELED
 #  define ECANCELED 2008
 #  define GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED 1
 # endif
 
+/* On many platforms, the macros EOWNERDEAD and ENOTRECOVERABLE are not
+   defined.  */
+
+# ifndef EOWNERDEAD
+#  if defined __sun
+    /* Use the same values as defined for Solaris >= 8, for
+       interoperability.  */
+#   define EOWNERDEAD      58
+#   define ENOTRECOVERABLE 59
+#  elif (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+    /* We have a conflict here: pthreads-win32 defines these values
+       differently than MSVC 10.  It's hairy to decide which one to use.  */
+#   if defined __MINGW32__ && !defined USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+     /* Use the same values as defined by pthreads-win32, for
+        interoperability.  */
+#    define EOWNERDEAD      43
+#    define ENOTRECOVERABLE 44
+#   else
+     /* Use the same values as defined by MSVC 10, for
+        interoperability.  */
+#    define EOWNERDEAD      133
+#    define ENOTRECOVERABLE 127
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   define EOWNERDEAD      2013
+#   define ENOTRECOVERABLE 2014
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD 1
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EILSEQ
+#  define EILSEQ 2015
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EILSEQ 1
+# endif
 
-#endif /* _GL_ERRNO_H */
-#endif /* _GL_ERRNO_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H */

gl/error.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000-2007, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
    function without parameters instead.  */
 void (*error_print_progname) (void);
 
-/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
+/* This variable is incremented each time 'error' is called.  */
 unsigned int error_message_count;
 
 #ifdef _LIBC
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ unsigned int error_message_count;
 # include <limits.h>
 # include <libio/libioP.h>
 
-/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly.
+/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name 'error' directly.
    Instead make it a weak alias.  */
 extern void __error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
      __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
@@ -89,19 +89,25 @@ extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
 # include <unistd.h>
 
 # if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
-/* Get declarations of the Win32 API functions.  */
+/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions.  */
 #  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
 #  include <windows.h>
+/* Get _get_osfhandle.  */
+#  include "msvc-nothrow.h"
 # endif
 
 /* The gnulib override of fcntl is not needed in this file.  */
 # undef fcntl
 
-# if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R && STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
+# if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
 #  ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
 "this configure-time declaration test was not run"
 #  endif
+#  if STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
 char *strerror_r ();
+#  else
+int strerror_r ();
+#  endif
 # endif
 
 /* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
@@ -115,13 +121,14 @@ extern char *program_name;
 
 #if !_LIBC
 /* Return non-zero if FD is open.  */
-static inline int
+static int
 is_open (int fd)
 {
 # if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
-  /* On Win32: The initial state of unassigned standard file descriptors is
-     that they are open but point to an INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE.  There is no
-     fcntl, and the gnulib replacement fcntl does not support F_GETFL.  */
+  /* On native Windows: The initial state of unassigned standard file
+     descriptors is that they are open but point to an INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE.
+     There is no fcntl, and the gnulib replacement fcntl does not support
+     F_GETFL.  */
   return (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd) != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
 # else
 #  ifndef F_GETFL
@@ -132,7 +139,7 @@ is_open (int fd)
 }
 #endif
 
-static inline void
+static void
 flush_stdout (void)
 {
 #if !_LIBC

gl/error.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Declaration for error-reporting function
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2003, 2006, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
    This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -19,39 +19,39 @@
 #ifndef _ERROR_H
 #define _ERROR_H 1
 
-#ifndef __attribute__
 /* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
    The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are
    accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.
-   We enable __attribute__ only if these are supported too, because
+   We enable _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT only if these are supported too, because
    gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override
    the 'printf' function.  */
-# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
-#  define __attribute__(Spec)   /* empty */
-# endif
+#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) __attribute__ ((__format__ spec))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) /* empty */
 #endif
 
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 extern "C" {
 #endif
 
-/* Print a message with `fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
+/* Print a message with 'fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
    if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
-   If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with `exit (STATUS)'.  */
+   If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with 'exit (STATUS)'.  */
 
 extern void error (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__format, ...)
-     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 3, 4));
 
 extern void error_at_line (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__fname,
                            unsigned int __lineno, const char *__format, ...)
-     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 5, 6));
 
 /* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
    name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
    function without parameters instead.  */
 extern void (*error_print_progname) (void);
 
-/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
+/* This variable is incremented each time 'error' is called.  */
 extern unsigned int error_message_count;
 
 /* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This

gl/exitfail.c

@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 /* Failure exit status
 
-   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010 Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

gl/exitfail.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Failure exit status
 
-   Copyright (C) 2002, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

gl/fcntl--.h

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-/* Like fcntl.h, but redefine some names to avoid glitches.
-
-   Copyright (C) 2005, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
-
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include "fcntl-safer.h"
-
-#undef open
-#define open open_safer
-
-#undef creat
-#define creat creat_safer
-
-#if GNULIB_OPENAT_SAFER
-# undef openat
-# define openat openat_safer
-#endif

gl/fcntl-safer.h

@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-/* Invoke fcntl-like functions, but avoid some glitches.
-
-   Copyright (C) 2005, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-int open_safer (char const *, int, ...);
-int creat_safer (char const *, mode_t);
-
-#if GNULIB_OPENAT_SAFER
-int openat_safer (int, char const *, int, ...);
-#endif

gl/fcntl.c

@@ -1,294 +0,0 @@
-/* Provide file descriptor control.
-
-   Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
-
-/* Written by Eric Blake <ebb9@byu.net>.  */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-/* Specification.  */
-#include <fcntl.h>
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-#if !HAVE_FCNTL
-# define rpl_fcntl fcntl
-#endif
-#undef fcntl
-
-#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
-/* Get declarations of the Win32 API functions.  */
-# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-# include <windows.h>
-
-/* Upper bound on getdtablesize().  See lib/getdtablesize.c.  */
-# define OPEN_MAX_MAX 0x10000
-
-/* Duplicate OLDFD into the first available slot of at least NEWFD,
-   which must be positive, with FLAGS determining whether the duplicate
-   will be inheritable.  */
-static int
-dupfd (int oldfd, int newfd, int flags)
-{
-  /* Mingw has no way to create an arbitrary fd.  Iterate until all
-     file descriptors less than newfd are filled up.  */
-  HANDLE curr_process = GetCurrentProcess ();
-  HANDLE old_handle = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (oldfd);
-  unsigned char fds_to_close[OPEN_MAX_MAX / CHAR_BIT];
-  unsigned int fds_to_close_bound = 0;
-  int result;
-  BOOL inherit = flags & O_CLOEXEC ? FALSE : TRUE;
-  int mode;
-
-  if (newfd < 0 || getdtablesize () <= newfd)
-    {
-      errno = EINVAL;
-      return -1;
-    }
-  if (old_handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
-      || (mode = setmode (oldfd, O_BINARY)) == -1)
-    {
-      /* oldfd is not open, or is an unassigned standard file
-         descriptor.  */
-      errno = EBADF;
-      return -1;
-    }
-  setmode (oldfd, mode);
-  flags |= mode;
-
-  for (;;)
-    {
-      HANDLE new_handle;
-      int duplicated_fd;
-      unsigned int index;
-
-      if (!DuplicateHandle (curr_process,           /* SourceProcessHandle */
-                            old_handle,             /* SourceHandle */
-                            curr_process,           /* TargetProcessHandle */
-                            (PHANDLE) &new_handle,  /* TargetHandle */
-                            (DWORD) 0,              /* DesiredAccess */
-                            inherit,                /* InheritHandle */
-                            DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS)) /* Options */
-        {
-          /* TODO: Translate GetLastError () into errno.  */
-          errno = EMFILE;
-          result = -1;
-          break;
-        }
-      duplicated_fd = _open_osfhandle ((long) new_handle, flags);
-      if (duplicated_fd < 0)
-        {
-          CloseHandle (new_handle);
-          errno = EMFILE;
-          result = -1;
-          break;
-        }
-      if (newfd <= duplicated_fd)
-        {
-          result = duplicated_fd;
-          break;
-        }
-
-      /* Set the bit duplicated_fd in fds_to_close[].  */
-      index = (unsigned int) duplicated_fd / CHAR_BIT;
-      if (fds_to_close_bound <= index)
-        {
-          if (sizeof fds_to_close <= index)
-            /* Need to increase OPEN_MAX_MAX.  */
-            abort ();
-          memset (fds_to_close + fds_to_close_bound, '\0',
-                  index + 1 - fds_to_close_bound);
-          fds_to_close_bound = index + 1;
-        }
-      fds_to_close[index] |= 1 << ((unsigned int) duplicated_fd % CHAR_BIT);
-    }
-
-  /* Close the previous fds that turned out to be too small.  */
-  {
-    int saved_errno = errno;
-    unsigned int duplicated_fd;
-
-    for (duplicated_fd = 0;
-         duplicated_fd < fds_to_close_bound * CHAR_BIT;
-         duplicated_fd++)
-      if ((fds_to_close[duplicated_fd / CHAR_BIT]
-           >> (duplicated_fd % CHAR_BIT))
-          & 1)
-        close (duplicated_fd);
-
-    errno = saved_errno;
-  }
-
-# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
-  if (0 <= result)
-    result = _gl_register_dup (oldfd, result);
-# endif
-  return result;
-}
-#endif /* W32 */
-
-/* Perform the specified ACTION on the file descriptor FD, possibly
-   using the argument ARG further described below.  This replacement
-   handles the following actions, and forwards all others on to the
-   native fcntl.  An unrecognized ACTION returns -1 with errno set to
-   EINVAL.
-
-   F_DUPFD - duplicate FD, with int ARG being the minimum target fd.
-   If successful, return the duplicate, which will be inheritable;
-   otherwise return -1 and set errno.
-
-   F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC - duplicate FD, with int ARG being the minimum
-   target fd.  If successful, return the duplicate, which will not be
-   inheritable; otherwise return -1 and set errno.
-
-   F_GETFD - ARG need not be present.  If successful, return a
-   non-negative value containing the descriptor flags of FD (only
-   FD_CLOEXEC is portable, but other flags may be present); otherwise
-   return -1 and set errno.  */
-
-int
-rpl_fcntl (int fd, int action, /* arg */...)
-{
-  va_list arg;
-  int result = -1;
-  va_start (arg, action);
-  switch (action)
-    {
-
-#if !HAVE_FCNTL
-    case F_DUPFD:
-      {
-        int target = va_arg (arg, int);
-        result = dupfd (fd, target, 0);
-        break;
-      }
-#elif FCNTL_DUPFD_BUGGY || REPLACE_FCHDIR
-    case F_DUPFD:
-      {
-        int target = va_arg (arg, int);
-        /* Detect invalid target; needed for cygwin 1.5.x.  */
-        if (target < 0 || getdtablesize () <= target)
-          errno = EINVAL;
-        else
-          {
-            result = fcntl (fd, action, target);
-# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
-            if (0 <= result)
-              result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
-# endif
-          }
-        break;
-      } /* F_DUPFD */
-#endif /* FCNTL_DUPFD_BUGGY || REPLACE_FCHDIR */
-
-    case F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC:
-      {
-        int target = va_arg (arg, int);
-
-#if !HAVE_FCNTL
-        result = dupfd (fd, target, O_CLOEXEC);
-        break;
-#else /* HAVE_FCNTL */
-        /* Try the system call first, if the headers claim it exists
-           (that is, if GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC is 0), since we
-           may be running with a glibc that has the macro but with an
-           older kernel that does not support it.  Cache the
-           information on whether the system call really works, but
-           avoid caching failure if the corresponding F_DUPFD fails
-           for any reason.  0 = unknown, 1 = yes, -1 = no.  */
-        static int have_dupfd_cloexec = GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC ? -1 : 0;
-        if (0 <= have_dupfd_cloexec)
-          {
-            result = fcntl (fd, action, target);
-            if (0 <= result || errno != EINVAL)
-              {
-                have_dupfd_cloexec = 1;
-# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
-                if (0 <= result)
-                  result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
-# endif
-              }
-            else
-              {
-                result = rpl_fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, target);
-                if (result < 0)
-                  break;
-                have_dupfd_cloexec = -1;
-              }
-          }
-        else
-          result = rpl_fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, target);
-        if (0 <= result && have_dupfd_cloexec == -1)
-          {
-            int flags = fcntl (result, F_GETFD);
-            if (flags < 0 || fcntl (result, F_SETFD, flags | FD_CLOEXEC) == -1)
-              {
-                int saved_errno = errno;
-                close (result);
-                errno = saved_errno;
-                result = -1;
-              }
-          }
-        break;
-#endif /* HAVE_FCNTL */
-      } /* F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC */
-
-#if !HAVE_FCNTL
-    case F_GETFD:
-      {
-# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
-        HANDLE handle = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);
-        DWORD flags;
-        if (handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
-            || GetHandleInformation (handle, &flags) == 0)
-          errno = EBADF;
-        else
-          result = (flags & HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT) ? 0 : FD_CLOEXEC;
-# else /* !W32 */
-        /* Use dup2 to reject invalid file descriptors.  No way to
-           access this information, so punt.  */
-        if (0 <= dup2 (fd, fd))
-          result = 0;
-# endif /* !W32 */
-        break;
-      } /* F_GETFD */
-#endif /* !HAVE_FCNTL */
-
-      /* Implementing F_SETFD on mingw is not trivial - there is no
-         API for changing the O_NOINHERIT bit on an fd, and merely
-         changing the HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT bit on the underlying handle
-         can lead to odd state.  It may be possible by duplicating the
-         handle, using _open_osfhandle with the right flags, then
-         using dup2 to move the duplicate onto the original, but that
-         is not supported for now.  */
-
-    default:
-      {
-#if HAVE_FCNTL
-        void *p = va_arg (arg, void *);
-        result = fcntl (fd, action, p);
-#else
-        errno = EINVAL;
-#endif
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  va_end (arg);
-  return result;
-}

gl/fcntl.in.h

@@ -1,279 +0,0 @@
-/* Like <fcntl.h>, but with non-working flags defined to 0.
-
-   Copyright (C) 2006-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
-
-/* written by Paul Eggert */
-
-#if __GNUC__ >= 3
-@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
-#endif
-
-#if defined __need_system_fcntl_h
-/* Special invocation convention.  */
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#ifndef __GLIBC__ /* Avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
-# include <sys/stat.h>
-#endif
-#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FCNTL_H@
-
-#else
-/* Normal invocation convention.  */
-
-#ifndef _GL_FCNTL_H
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#ifndef __GLIBC__ /* Avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
-# include <sys/stat.h>
-#endif
-/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
-#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FCNTL_H@
-
-#ifndef _GL_FCNTL_H
-#define _GL_FCNTL_H
-
-#ifndef __GLIBC__ /* Avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-
-/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
-
-/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
-
-/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
-
-
-/* Declare overridden functions.  */
-
-#if @GNULIB_FCNTL@
-# if @REPLACE_FCNTL@
-#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
-#   undef fcntl
-#   define fcntl rpl_fcntl
-#  endif
-_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
-_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
-# else
-#  if !@HAVE_FCNTL@
-_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
-#  endif
-_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
-# endif
-_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fcntl);
-#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
-# undef fcntl
-# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FCNTL
-_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fcntl, "fcntl is not always POSIX compliant - "
-                 "use gnulib module fcntl for portability");
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if @GNULIB_OPEN@
-# if @REPLACE_OPEN@
-#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
-#   undef open
-#   define open rpl_open
-#  endif
-_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
-                             _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
-_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
-# else
-_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
-# endif
-_GL_CXXALIASWARN (open);
-#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
-# undef open
-/* Assume open is always declared.  */
-_GL_WARN_ON_USE (open, "open is not always POSIX compliant - "
-                 "use gnulib module open for portability");
-#endif
-
-#if @GNULIB_OPENAT@
-# if @REPLACE_OPENAT@
-#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
-#   undef openat
-#   define openat rpl_openat
-#  endif
-_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (openat, int,
-                  (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...)
-                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
-_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (openat, int,
-                  (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...));
-# else
-#  if !@HAVE_OPENAT@
-_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (openat, int,
-                  (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...)
-                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
-#  endif
-_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (openat, int,
-                  (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...));
-# endif
-_GL_CXXALIASWARN (openat);
-#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
-# undef openat
-# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_OPENAT
-_GL_WARN_ON_USE (openat, "openat is not portable - "
-                 "use gnulib module openat for portability");
-# endif
-#endif
-
-
-/* Fix up the FD_* macros, only known to be missing on mingw.  */
-
-#ifndef FD_CLOEXEC
-# define FD_CLOEXEC 1
-#endif
-
-/* Fix up the supported F_* macros.  Intentionally leave other F_*
-   macros undefined.  Only known to be missing on mingw.  */
-
-#ifndef F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC
-# define F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 0x40000000
-/* Witness variable: 1 if gnulib defined F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, 0 otherwise.  */
-# define GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 1
-#else
-# define GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef F_DUPFD
-# define F_DUPFD 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef F_GETFD
-# define F_GETFD 2
-#endif
-
-/* Fix up the O_* macros.  */
-
-#if !defined O_DIRECT && defined O_DIRECTIO
-/* Tru64 spells it `O_DIRECTIO'.  */
-# define O_DIRECT O_DIRECTIO
-#endif
-
-#if !defined O_CLOEXEC && defined O_NOINHERIT
-/* Mingw spells it `O_NOINHERIT'.  Intentionally leave it
-   undefined if not available.  */
-# define O_CLOEXEC O_NOINHERIT
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_DIRECT
-# define O_DIRECT 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_DIRECTORY
-# define O_DIRECTORY 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_DSYNC
-# define O_DSYNC 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_NDELAY
-# define O_NDELAY 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_NOATIME
-# define O_NOATIME 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_NONBLOCK
-# define O_NONBLOCK O_NDELAY
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_NOCTTY
-# define O_NOCTTY 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
-# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_NOLINKS
-# define O_NOLINKS 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_RSYNC
-# define O_RSYNC 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_SYNC
-# define O_SYNC 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_TTY_INIT
-# define O_TTY_INIT 0
-#endif
-
-/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
-   O_BINARY is usually declared in fcntl.h  */
-#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
-  /* For MSC-compatible compilers.  */
-# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
-# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
-#endif
-
-#if defined __BEOS__ || defined __HAIKU__
-  /* BeOS 5 and Haiku have O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect.  */
-# undef O_BINARY
-# undef O_TEXT
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_BINARY
-# define O_BINARY 0
-# define O_TEXT 0
-#endif
-
-/* Fix up the AT_* macros.  */
-
-/* Work around a bug in Solaris 9 and 10: AT_FDCWD is positive.  Its
-   value exceeds INT_MAX, so its use as an int doesn't conform to the
-   C standard, and GCC and Sun C complain in some cases.  If the bug
-   is present, undef AT_FDCWD here, so it can be redefined below.  */
-#if 0 < AT_FDCWD && AT_FDCWD == 0xffd19553
-# undef AT_FDCWD
-#endif
-
-/* Use the same bit pattern as Solaris 9, but with the proper
-   signedness.  The bit pattern is important, in case this actually is
-   Solaris with the above workaround.  */
-#ifndef AT_FDCWD
-# define AT_FDCWD (-3041965)
-#endif
-
-/* Use the same values as Solaris 9.  This shouldn't matter, but
-   there's no real reason to differ.  */
-#ifndef AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
-# define AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW 4096
-#endif
-
-#ifndef AT_REMOVEDIR
-# define AT_REMOVEDIR 1
-#endif
-
-/* Solaris 9 lacks these two, so just pick unique values.  */
-#ifndef AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW
-# define AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW 2
-#endif
-
-#ifndef AT_EACCESS
-# define AT_EACCESS 4
-#endif
-
-
-#endif /* _GL_FCNTL_H */
-#endif /* _GL_FCNTL_H */
-#endif

gl/fd-hook.c

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/* Hook for making making file descriptor functions close(), ioctl() extensible.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2009.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "fd-hook.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Currently, this entire code is only needed for the handling of sockets
+   on native Windows platforms.  */
+#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS
+
+/* The first and last link in the doubly linked list.
+   Initially the list is empty.  */
+static struct fd_hook anchor = { &anchor, &anchor, NULL, NULL };
+
+int
+execute_close_hooks (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list, gl_close_fn primary,
+                     int fd)
+{
+  if (remaining_list == &anchor)
+    /* End of list reached.  */
+    return primary (fd);
+  else
+    return remaining_list->private_close_fn (remaining_list->private_next,
+                                             primary, fd);
+}
+
+int
+execute_all_close_hooks (gl_close_fn primary, int fd)
+{
+  return execute_close_hooks (anchor.private_next, primary, fd);
+}
+
+int
+execute_ioctl_hooks (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list, gl_ioctl_fn primary,
+                     int fd, int request, void *arg)
+{
+  if (remaining_list == &anchor)
+    /* End of list reached.  */
+    return primary (fd, request, arg);
+  else
+    return remaining_list->private_ioctl_fn (remaining_list->private_next,
+                                             primary, fd, request, arg);
+}
+
+int
+execute_all_ioctl_hooks (gl_ioctl_fn primary,
+                         int fd, int request, void *arg)
+{
+  return execute_ioctl_hooks (anchor.private_next, primary, fd, request, arg);
+}
+
+void
+register_fd_hook (close_hook_fn close_hook, ioctl_hook_fn ioctl_hook, struct fd_hook *link)
+{
+  if (close_hook == NULL)
+    close_hook = execute_close_hooks;
+  if (ioctl_hook == NULL)
+    ioctl_hook = execute_ioctl_hooks;
+
+  if (link->private_next == NULL && link->private_prev == NULL)
+    {
+      /* Add the link to the doubly linked list.  */
+      link->private_next = anchor.private_next;
+      link->private_prev = &anchor;
+      link->private_close_fn = close_hook;
+      link->private_ioctl_fn = ioctl_hook;
+      anchor.private_next->private_prev = link;
+      anchor.private_next = link;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* The link is already in use.  */
+      if (link->private_close_fn != close_hook
+          || link->private_ioctl_fn != ioctl_hook)
+        abort ();
+    }
+}
+
+void
+unregister_fd_hook (struct fd_hook *link)
+{
+  struct fd_hook *next = link->private_next;
+  struct fd_hook *prev = link->private_prev;
+
+  if (next != NULL && prev != NULL)
+    {
+      /* The link is in use.  Remove it from the doubly linked list.  */
+      prev->private_next = next;
+      next->private_prev = prev;
+      /* Clear the link, to mark it unused.  */
+      link->private_next = NULL;
+      link->private_prev = NULL;
+      link->private_close_fn = NULL;
+      link->private_ioctl_fn = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif

gl/fd-hook.h

@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/* Hook for making making file descriptor functions close(), ioctl() extensible.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+
+#ifndef FD_HOOK_H
+#define FD_HOOK_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Currently, this entire code is only needed for the handling of sockets
+   on native Windows platforms.  */
+#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS
+
+
+/* Type of function that closes FD.  */
+typedef int (*gl_close_fn) (int fd);
+
+/* Type of function that applies a control request to FD.  */
+typedef int (*gl_ioctl_fn) (int fd, int request, void *arg);
+
+/* An element of the list of file descriptor hooks.
+   In CLOS (Common Lisp Object System) speak, it consists of an "around"
+   method for the close() function and an "around" method for the ioctl()
+   function.
+   The fields of this structure are considered private.  */
+struct fd_hook
+{
+  /* Doubly linked list.  */
+  struct fd_hook *private_next;
+  struct fd_hook *private_prev;
+  /* Function that treats the types of FD that it knows about and calls
+     execute_close_hooks (REMAINING_LIST, PRIMARY, FD) as a fallback.  */
+  int (*private_close_fn) (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
+                           gl_close_fn primary,
+                           int fd);
+  /* Function that treats the types of FD that it knows about and calls
+     execute_ioctl_hooks (REMAINING_LIST, PRIMARY, FD, REQUEST, ARG) as a
+     fallback.  */
+  int (*private_ioctl_fn) (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
+                           gl_ioctl_fn primary,
+                           int fd, int request, void *arg);
+};
+
+/* This type of function closes FD, applying special knowledge for the FD
+   types it knows about, and calls
+   execute_close_hooks (REMAINING_LIST, PRIMARY, FD)
+   for the other FD types.
+   In CLOS speak, REMAINING_LIST is the remaining list of "around" methods,
+   and PRIMARY is the "primary" method for close().  */
+typedef int (*close_hook_fn) (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
+                              gl_close_fn primary,
+                              int fd);
+
+/* Execute the close hooks in REMAINING_LIST, with PRIMARY as "primary" method.
+   Return 0 or -1, like close() would do.  */
+extern int execute_close_hooks (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
+                                gl_close_fn primary,
+                                int fd);
+
+/* Execute all close hooks, with PRIMARY as "primary" method.
+   Return 0 or -1, like close() would do.  */
+extern int execute_all_close_hooks (gl_close_fn primary, int fd);
+
+/* This type of function applies a control request to FD, applying special
+   knowledge for the FD types it knows about, and calls
+   execute_ioctl_hooks (REMAINING_LIST, PRIMARY, FD, REQUEST, ARG)
+   for the other FD types.
+   In CLOS speak, REMAINING_LIST is the remaining list of "around" methods,
+   and PRIMARY is the "primary" method for ioctl().  */
+typedef int (*ioctl_hook_fn) (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
+                              gl_ioctl_fn primary,
+                              int fd, int request, void *arg);
+
+/* Execute the ioctl hooks in REMAINING_LIST, with PRIMARY as "primary" method.
+   Return 0 or -1, like ioctl() would do.  */
+extern int execute_ioctl_hooks (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
+                                gl_ioctl_fn primary,
+                                int fd, int request, void *arg);
+
+/* Execute all ioctl hooks, with PRIMARY as "primary" method.
+   Return 0 or -1, like ioctl() would do.  */
+extern int execute_all_ioctl_hooks (gl_ioctl_fn primary,
+                                    int fd, int request, void *arg);
+
+/* Add a function pair to the list of file descriptor hooks.
+   CLOSE_HOOK and IOCTL_HOOK may be NULL, indicating no change.
+   The LINK variable points to a piece of memory which is guaranteed to be
+   accessible until the corresponding call to unregister_fd_hook.  */
+extern void register_fd_hook (close_hook_fn close_hook, ioctl_hook_fn ioctl_hook,
+                              struct fd_hook *link);
+
+/* Removes a hook from the list of file descriptor hooks.  */
+extern void unregister_fd_hook (struct fd_hook *link);
+
+
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* FD_HOOK_H */

gl/fd-safer.c

@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-/* Return a safer copy of a file descriptor.
-
-   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include "unistd-safer.h"
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-/* Return FD, unless FD would be a copy of standard input, output, or
-   error; in that case, return a duplicate of FD, closing FD.  On
-   failure to duplicate, close FD, set errno, and return -1.  Preserve
-   errno if FD is negative, so that the caller can always inspect
-   errno when the returned value is negative.
-
-   This function is usefully wrapped around functions that return file
-   descriptors, e.g., fd_safer (open ("file", O_RDONLY)).  */
-
-int
-fd_safer (int fd)
-{
-  if (STDIN_FILENO <= fd && fd <= STDERR_FILENO)
-    {
-      int f = dup_safer (fd);
-      int e = errno;
-      close (fd);
-      errno = e;
-      fd = f;
-    }
-
-  return fd;
-}

gl/float+.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Supplemental information about the floating-point formats.
-   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -13,8 +13,7 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
 
 #ifndef _FLOATPLUS_H
 #define _FLOATPLUS_H
@@ -141,8 +140,8 @@
 #define SIZEOF_LDBL ((LDBL_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT)
 
 /* Verify that SIZEOF_FLT <= sizeof (float) etc.  */
-typedef int verify_sizeof_flt[2 * (SIZEOF_FLT <= sizeof (float)) - 1];
-typedef int verify_sizeof_dbl[2 * (SIZEOF_DBL <= sizeof (double)) - 1];
-typedef int verify_sizeof_ldbl[2 * (SIZEOF_LDBL <= sizeof (long double)) - 1];
+typedef int verify_sizeof_flt[SIZEOF_FLT <= sizeof (float) ? 1 : -1];
+typedef int verify_sizeof_dbl[SIZEOF_DBL <= sizeof (double) ? 1 : - 1];
+typedef int verify_sizeof_ldbl[SIZEOF_LDBL <= sizeof (long double) ? 1 : - 1];
 
 #endif /* _FLOATPLUS_H */

gl/float.c

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Auxiliary definitions for <float.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2011.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <float.h>
+
+#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && (defined _AIX || defined __linux__) && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__
+const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX =
+  { { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL } };
+#elif defined __i386__
+const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX =
+  { { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 } };
+#else
+/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing
+   this file is never empty.  */
+typedef int dummy;
+#endif

gl/float.in.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* A correct <float.h>.
 
-   Copyright (C) 2007-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,19 +15,21 @@
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
 
-#ifndef _GL_FLOAT_H
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H
 
 #if __GNUC__ >= 3
 @PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
 #endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
 
 /* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
 #@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FLOAT_H@
 
-#ifndef _GL_FLOAT_H
-#define _GL_FLOAT_H
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H
 
 /* 'long double' properties.  */
+
 #if defined __i386__ && (defined __BEOS__ || defined __OpenBSD__)
 /* Number of mantissa units, in base FLT_RADIX.  */
 # undef LDBL_MANT_DIG
@@ -58,5 +60,129 @@
 # define LDBL_MAX_10_EXP 4932
 #endif
 
-#endif /* _GL_FLOAT_H */
-#endif /* _GL_FLOAT_H */
+/* On FreeBSD/x86 6.4, the 'long double' type really has only 53 bits of
+   precision in the compiler but 64 bits of precision at runtime.  See
+   <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2008-07/msg00063.html>.  */
+#if defined __i386__ && defined __FreeBSD__
+/* Number of mantissa units, in base FLT_RADIX.  */
+# undef LDBL_MANT_DIG
+# define LDBL_MANT_DIG   64
+/* Number of decimal digits that is sufficient for representing a number.  */
+# undef LDBL_DIG
+# define LDBL_DIG        18
+/* x-1 where x is the smallest representable number > 1.  */
+# undef LDBL_EPSILON
+# define LDBL_EPSILON 1.084202172485504434007452800869941711426e-19L /* 2^-63 */
+/* Minimum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a normalized number.  */
+# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
+# define LDBL_MIN_EXP    (-16381)
+/* Maximum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a representable finite number.  */
+# undef LDBL_MAX_EXP
+# define LDBL_MAX_EXP    16384
+/* Minimum positive normalized number.  */
+# undef LDBL_MIN
+# define LDBL_MIN        3.3621031431120935E-4932L /* = 0x1p-16382L */
+/* Maximum representable finite number.  */
+# undef LDBL_MAX
+/* LDBL_MAX is represented as { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 }.
+   But the largest literal that GCC allows us to write is
+   0x0.fffffffffffff8p16384L = { 0xFFFFF800, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 }.
+   So, define it like this through a reference to an external variable
+
+     const unsigned int LDBL_MAX[3] = { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 };
+     extern const long double LDBL_MAX;
+
+   Unfortunately, this is not a constant expression.  */
+union gl_long_double_union
+  {
+    struct { unsigned int lo; unsigned int hi; unsigned int exponent; } xd;
+    long double ld;
+  };
+extern const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX;
+# define LDBL_MAX (gl_LDBL_MAX.ld)
+/* Minimum e such that 10^e is in the range of normalized numbers.  */
+# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
+# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP (-4931)
+/* Maximum e such that 10^e is in the range of representable finite numbers.  */
+# undef LDBL_MAX_10_EXP
+# define LDBL_MAX_10_EXP 4932
+#endif
+
+/* On AIX 7.1 with gcc 4.2, the values of LDBL_MIN_EXP, LDBL_MIN, LDBL_MAX are
+   wrong.
+   On Linux/PowerPC with gcc 4.4, the value of LDBL_MAX is wrong.  */
+#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && defined _AIX && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__
+# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
+# define LDBL_MIN_EXP DBL_MIN_EXP
+# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
+# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP DBL_MIN_10_EXP
+# undef LDBL_MIN
+# define LDBL_MIN 2.22507385850720138309023271733240406422e-308L /* DBL_MIN = 2^-1022 */
+#endif
+#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && (defined _AIX || defined __linux__) && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__
+# undef LDBL_MAX
+/* LDBL_MAX is represented as { 0x7FEFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 0x7C8FFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF }.
+   It is not easy to define:
+     #define LDBL_MAX 1.79769313486231580793728971405302307166e308L
+   is too small, whereas
+     #define LDBL_MAX 1.79769313486231580793728971405302307167e308L
+   is too large.  Apparently a bug in GCC decimal-to-binary conversion.
+   Also, I can't get values larger than
+     #define LDBL63 ((long double) (1ULL << 63))
+     #define LDBL882 (LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63)
+     #define LDBL945 (LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63)
+     #define LDBL1008 (LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63)
+     #define LDBL_MAX (LDBL1008 * 65535.0L + LDBL945 * (long double) 9223372036821221375ULL + LDBL882 * (long double) 4611686018427387904ULL)
+   which is represented as { 0x7FEFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 0x7C8FFFFF, 0xF8000000 }.
+   So, define it like this through a reference to an external variable
+
+     const double LDBL_MAX[2] = { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL };
+     extern const long double LDBL_MAX;
+
+   or through a pointer cast
+
+     #define LDBL_MAX \
+       (*(const long double *) (double[]) { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL })
+
+   Unfortunately, this is not a constant expression, and the latter expression
+   does not work well when GCC is optimizing..  */
+union gl_long_double_union
+  {
+    struct { double hi; double lo; } dd;
+    long double ld;
+  };
+extern const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX;
+# define LDBL_MAX (gl_LDBL_MAX.ld)
+#endif
+
+/* On IRIX 6.5, with cc, the value of LDBL_MANT_DIG is wrong.
+   On IRIX 6.5, with gcc 4.2, the values of LDBL_MIN_EXP, LDBL_MIN, LDBL_EPSILON
+   are wrong.  */
+#if defined __sgi && (LDBL_MANT_DIG >= 106)
+# undef LDBL_MANT_DIG
+# define LDBL_MANT_DIG 106
+# if defined __GNUC__
+#  undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
+#  define LDBL_MIN_EXP DBL_MIN_EXP
+#  undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
+#  define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP DBL_MIN_10_EXP
+#  undef LDBL_MIN
+#  define LDBL_MIN 2.22507385850720138309023271733240406422e-308L /* DBL_MIN = 2^-1022 */
+#  undef LDBL_EPSILON
+#  define LDBL_EPSILON 2.46519032881566189191165176650870696773e-32L /* 2^-105 */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @REPLACE_ITOLD@
+/* Pull in a function that fixes the 'int' to 'long double' conversion
+   of glibc 2.7.  */
+extern
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+# endif
+void _Qp_itoq (long double *, int);
+static void (*_gl_float_fix_itold) (long double *, int) = _Qp_itoq;
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H */

gl/floor.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Round towards negative infinity.
-   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2010-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -16,7 +16,9 @@
 
 /* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.  */
 
-#include <config.h>
+#if ! defined USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
 
 /* Specification.  */
 #include <math.h>
@@ -40,6 +42,12 @@
 # define L_(literal) literal##f
 #endif
 
+/* MSVC with option -fp:strict refuses to compile constant initializers that
+   contain floating-point operations.  Pacify this compiler.  */
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+# pragma fenv_access (off)
+#endif
+
 /* 2^(MANT_DIG-1).  */
 static const DOUBLE TWO_MANT_DIG =
   /* Assume MANT_DIG <= 5 * 31.
@@ -65,8 +73,12 @@ FUNC (DOUBLE x)
 
   if (z > L_(0.0))
     {
+      /* For 0 < x < 1, return +0.0 even if the current rounding mode is
+         FE_DOWNWARD.  */
+      if (z < L_(1.0))
+        z = L_(0.0);
       /* Avoid rounding errors for values near 2^k, where k >= MANT_DIG-1.  */
-      if (z < TWO_MANT_DIG)
+      else if (z < TWO_MANT_DIG)
         {
           /* Round to the next integer (nearest or up or down, doesn't matter).  */
           z += TWO_MANT_DIG;

gl/floorf.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Round towards negative infinity.
-   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

gl/fsusage.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* fsusage.c -- return space usage of mounted file systems
 
-   Copyright (C) 1991-1992, 1996, 1998-1999, 2002-2006, 2009-2010 Free Software
+   Copyright (C) 1991-1992, 1996, 1998-1999, 2002-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
    Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 #include <limits.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
-#if STAT_STATVFS                /* POSIX 1003.1-2001 (and later) with XSI */
+#if STAT_STATVFS || STAT_STATVFS64 /* POSIX 1003.1-2001 (and later) with XSI */
 # include <sys/statvfs.h>
 #else
 /* Don't include backward-compatibility files unless they're needed.
@@ -31,15 +31,15 @@
 # include <fcntl.h>
 # include <unistd.h>
 # include <sys/stat.h>
-# if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
-#  include <sys/param.h>
-# endif
-# if HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
-#  include <sys/mount.h>
-# endif
-# if HAVE_SYS_VFS_H
-#  include <sys/vfs.h>
-# endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
+# include <sys/mount.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_VFS_H
+# include <sys/vfs.h>
+#endif
 # if HAVE_SYS_FS_S5PARAM_H      /* Fujitsu UXP/V */
 #  include <sys/fs/s5param.h>
 # endif
@@ -84,6 +84,35 @@
    otherwise, use PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES.  */
 #define PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT(x) ((x) | ~ (EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (x) - 1))
 
+#ifdef STAT_STATVFS
+/* Return true if statvfs works.  This is false for statvfs on systems
+   with GNU libc on Linux kernels before 2.6.36, which stats all
+   preceding entries in /proc/mounts; that makes df hang if even one
+   of the corresponding file systems is hard-mounted but not available.  */
+# if ! (__linux__ && (__GLIBC__ || __UCLIBC__))
+/* The FRSIZE fallback is not required in this case.  */
+#  undef STAT_STATFS2_FRSIZE
+static int statvfs_works (void) { return 1; }
+# else
+#  include <string.h> /* for strverscmp */
+#  include <sys/utsname.h>
+#  include <sys/statfs.h>
+#  define STAT_STATFS2_BSIZE 1
+
+static int
+statvfs_works (void)
+{
+  static int statvfs_works_cache = -1;
+  struct utsname name;
+  if (statvfs_works_cache < 0)
+    statvfs_works_cache = (uname (&name) == 0
+                           && 0 <= strverscmp (name.release, "2.6.36"));
+  return statvfs_works_cache;
+}
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
 /* Fill in the fields of FSP with information about space usage for
    the file system on which FILE resides.
    DISK is the device on which FILE is mounted, for space-getting
@@ -94,11 +123,36 @@
 int
 get_fs_usage (char const *file, char const *disk, struct fs_usage *fsp)
 {
-#if defined STAT_STATVFS                /* POSIX, except glibc/Linux */
+#ifdef STAT_STATVFS     /* POSIX, except pre-2.6.36 glibc/Linux */
+
+  if (statvfs_works ())
+    {
+      struct statvfs vfsd;
+
+      if (statvfs (file, &vfsd) < 0)
+        return -1;
+
+      /* f_frsize isn't guaranteed to be supported.  */
+      fsp->fsu_blocksize = (vfsd.f_frsize
+                            ? PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (vfsd.f_frsize)
+                            : PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (vfsd.f_bsize));
+
+      fsp->fsu_blocks = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (vfsd.f_blocks);
+      fsp->fsu_bfree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (vfsd.f_bfree);
+      fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT (vfsd.f_bavail);
+      fsp->fsu_bavail_top_bit_set = EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (vfsd.f_bavail) != 0;
+      fsp->fsu_files = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (vfsd.f_files);
+      fsp->fsu_ffree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (vfsd.f_ffree);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined STAT_STATVFS64            /* AIX */
 
-  struct statvfs fsd;
+  struct statvfs64 fsd;
 
-  if (statvfs (file, &fsd) < 0)
+  if (statvfs64 (file, &fsd) < 0)
     return -1;
 
   /* f_frsize isn't guaranteed to be supported.  */
@@ -165,8 +219,17 @@ get_fs_usage (char const *file, char const *disk, struct fs_usage *fsp)
 
   fsp->fsu_blocksize = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_fsize);
 
-#elif defined STAT_STATFS2_BSIZE        /* glibc/Linux, 4.3BSD, SunOS 4, \
-                                           MacOS X < 10.4, FreeBSD < 5.0, \
+#elif defined STAT_STATFS2_FRSIZE        /* 2.6 < glibc/Linux < 2.6.36 */
+
+  struct statfs fsd;
+
+  if (statfs (file, &fsd) < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_frsize);
+
+#elif defined STAT_STATFS2_BSIZE        /* glibc/Linux < 2.6, 4.3BSD, SunOS 4, \
+                                           Mac OS X < 10.4, FreeBSD < 5.0, \
                                            NetBSD < 3.0, OpenBSD < 4.4 */
 
   struct statfs fsd;
@@ -223,8 +286,9 @@ get_fs_usage (char const *file, char const *disk, struct fs_usage *fsp)
 
 #endif
 
-#if (defined STAT_STATVFS \
-     || (!defined STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA && !defined STAT_READ_FILSYS))
+#if (defined STAT_STATVFS64 || defined STAT_STATFS3_OSF1                \
+     || defined STAT_STATFS2_FRSIZE || defined STAT_STATFS2_BSIZE       \
+     || defined STAT_STATFS2_FSIZE || defined STAT_STATFS4)
 
   fsp->fsu_blocks = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_blocks);
   fsp->fsu_bfree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_bfree);

gl/fsusage.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* fsusage.h -- declarations for file system space usage info
 
-   Copyright (C) 1991-1992, 1997, 2003-2006, 2009-2010 Free Software
+   Copyright (C) 1991-1992, 1997, 2003-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
    Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify

gl/full-read.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* An interface to read that retries after partial reads and interrupts.
-   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

gl/full-read.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* An interface to read() that reads all it is asked to read.
 
-   Copyright (C) 2002, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

gl/full-write.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* An interface to read and write that retries (if necessary) until complete.
 
-   Copyright (C) 1993-1994, 1997-2006, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993-1994, 1997-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

gl/full-write.h

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-/* An interface to write() that writes all it is asked to write.
-
-   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-
-/* Write COUNT bytes at BUF to descriptor FD, retrying if interrupted
-   or if partial writes occur.  Return the number of bytes successfully
-   written, setting errno if that is less than COUNT.  */
-extern size_t full_write (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count);
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif

gl/gai_strerror.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1997, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free
-   Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1997, 2001-2002, 2004-2006, 2008-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
    This file is part of the GNU C Library.
    Contributed by Philip Blundell <pjb27@cam.ac.uk>, 1997.
 
@@ -14,8 +14,7 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
 
 #ifndef _LIBC
 # include <config.h>
@@ -32,6 +31,22 @@
 # define N_(String) String
 #endif
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_GAI_STRERROR
+
+# include <sys/socket.h>
+# undef gai_strerror
+# if HAVE_DECL_GAI_STRERRORA
+#  define gai_strerror gai_strerrorA
+# endif
+
+const char *
+rpl_gai_strerror (int code)
+{
+  return gai_strerror (code);
+}
+
+#else /* !HAVE_DECL_GAI_STRERROR */
+
 static struct
   {
     int code;
@@ -71,6 +86,7 @@ gai_strerror (int code)
 
   return _("Unknown error");
 }
-#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifdef _LIBC
 libc_hidden_def (gai_strerror)
-#endif
+# endif
+#endif /* !HAVE_DECL_GAI_STRERROR */

gl/getaddrinfo.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Get address information (partial implementation).
-   Copyright (C) 1997, 2001-2002, 2004-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 2001-2002, 2004-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Contributed by Simon Josefsson <simon@josefsson.org>.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -13,15 +13,14 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
-
-#include <config.h>
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
 
 /* Don't use __attribute__ __nonnull__ in this compilation unit.  Otherwise gcc
    optimizes away the sa == NULL test below.  */
 #define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
 
+#include <config.h>
+
 #include <netdb.h>
 
 #if HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
@@ -56,10 +55,13 @@
 #endif
 
 #if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
-# define WIN32_NATIVE
+# define WINDOWS_NATIVE
 #endif
 
-#ifdef WIN32_NATIVE
+/* gl_sockets_startup */
+#include "sockets.h"
+
+#ifdef WINDOWS_NATIVE
 typedef int (WSAAPI *getaddrinfo_func) (const char*, const char*,
                                         const struct addrinfo*,
                                         struct addrinfo**);
@@ -101,11 +103,13 @@ use_win32_p (void)
       return 0;
     }
 
+  gl_sockets_startup (SOCKETS_1_1);
+
   return 1;
 }
 #endif
 
-static inline bool
+static bool
 validate_family (int family)
 {
   /* FIXME: Support more families. */
@@ -148,7 +152,7 @@ getaddrinfo (const char *restrict nodename,
   };
 #endif
 
-#ifdef WIN32_NATIVE
+#ifdef WINDOWS_NATIVE
   if (use_win32_p ())
     return getaddrinfo_ptr (nodename, servname, hints, res);
 #endif
@@ -327,11 +331,11 @@ getaddrinfo (const char *restrict nodename,
   return 0;
 }
 
-/* Free `addrinfo' structure AI including associated storage.  */
+/* Free 'addrinfo' structure AI including associated storage.  */
 void
 freeaddrinfo (struct addrinfo *ai)
 {
-#ifdef WIN32_NATIVE
+#ifdef WINDOWS_NATIVE
   if (use_win32_p ())
     {
       freeaddrinfo_ptr (ai);
@@ -357,7 +361,7 @@ getnameinfo (const struct sockaddr *restrict sa, socklen_t salen,
              char *restrict service, socklen_t servicelen,
              int flags)
 {
-#ifdef WIN32_NATIVE
+#ifdef WINDOWS_NATIVE
   if (use_win32_p ())
     return getnameinfo_ptr (sa, salen, node, nodelen,
                             service, servicelen, flags);

gl/getdtablesize.c

@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-/* getdtablesize() function for platforms that don't have it.
-   Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
-
-   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-/* Specification.  */
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/* Cache for the previous getdtablesize () result.  */
-static int dtablesize;
-
-int
-getdtablesize (void)
-{
-  if (dtablesize == 0)
-    {
-      /* We are looking for the number N such that the valid file descriptors
-         are 0..N-1.  It can be obtained through a loop as follows:
-           {
-             int fd;
-             for (fd = 3; fd < 65536; fd++)
-               if (dup2 (0, fd) == -1)
-                 break;
-             return fd;
-           }
-         On Windows XP, the result is 2048.
-         The drawback of this loop is that it allocates memory for a libc
-         internal array that is never freed.
-
-         The number N can also be obtained as the upper bound for
-         _getmaxstdio ().  _getmaxstdio () returns the maximum number of open
-         FILE objects.  The sanity check in _setmaxstdio reveals the maximum
-         number of file descriptors.  This too allocates memory, but it is
-         freed when we call _setmaxstdio with the original value.  */
-      int orig_max_stdio = _getmaxstdio ();
-      unsigned int bound;
-      for (bound = 0x10000; _setmaxstdio (bound) < 0; bound = bound / 2)
-        ;
-      _setmaxstdio (orig_max_stdio);
-      dtablesize = bound;
-    }
-  return dtablesize;
-}
-
-#endif

gl/gethostname.c

@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 /* gethostname emulation for SysV and POSIX.1.
 
-   Copyright (C) 1992, 2003, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 2003, 2006, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

gl/getloadavg.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Get the system load averages.
 
-   Copyright (C) 1985-1989, 1991-1995, 1997, 1999-2000, 2003-2010 Free Software
+   Copyright (C) 1985-1989, 1991-1995, 1997, 1999-2000, 2003-2013 Free Software
    Foundation, Inc.
 
    NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with gnulib.
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
                                 macro that comes with autoconf 2.13 or newer.
                                 If that isn't an option, then just put
                                 AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pstat_getdynamic) in your
-                                configure.in file.
+                                configure.ac file.
    HAVE_LIBPERFSTAT Define this if your system has the
                                 perfstat_cpu_total function in libperfstat (AIX).
    FIXUP_KERNEL_SYMBOL_ADDR()   Adjust address in returned struct nlist.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
    NLIST_STRUCT                 Include nlist.h, not a.out.h.
    N_NAME_POINTER               The nlist n_name element is a pointer,
                                 not an array.
-   HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME `n_un.n_name' is member of `struct nlist'.
+   HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME 'n_un.n_name' is member of 'struct nlist'.
    LINUX_LDAV_FILE              [__linux__, __CYGWIN__]: File containing
                                 load averages.
 
@@ -80,52 +80,23 @@
    We also #define LDAV_PRIVILEGED if a program will require
    special installation to be able to call getloadavg.  */
 
-/* "configure" defines CONFIGURING_GETLOADAVG to sidestep problems
-   with partially-configured source directories.  */
-
-#ifndef CONFIGURING_GETLOADAVG
-# include <config.h>
-# include <stdbool.h>
-#endif
+#include <config.h>
 
 /* Specification.  */
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
 #include <errno.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 
-/* Exclude all the code except the test program at the end
-   if the system has its own `getloadavg' function.  */
-
-#ifndef HAVE_GETLOADAVG
-
 # include <sys/types.h>
 
-/* Both the Emacs and non-Emacs sections want this.  Some
-   configuration files' definitions for the LOAD_AVE_CVT macro (like
-   sparc.h's) use macros like FSCALE, defined here.  */
-# if defined (unix) || defined (__unix)
+# if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
 #  include <sys/param.h>
 # endif
 
-# include "c-strtod.h"
-# include "cloexec.h"
 # include "intprops.h"
 
-/* The existing Emacs configuration files define a macro called
-   LOAD_AVE_CVT, which accepts a value of type LOAD_AVE_TYPE, and
-   returns the load average multiplied by 100.  What we actually want
-   is a macro called LDAV_CVT, which returns the load average as an
-   unmultiplied double.
-
-   For backwards compatibility, we'll define LDAV_CVT in terms of
-   LOAD_AVE_CVT, but future machine config files should just define
-   LDAV_CVT directly.  */
-
-# if !defined (LDAV_CVT) && defined (LOAD_AVE_CVT)
-#  define LDAV_CVT(n) (LOAD_AVE_CVT (n) / 100.0)
-# endif
-
 # if !defined (BSD) && defined (ultrix)
 /* Ultrix behaves like BSD on Vaxen.  */
 #  define BSD
@@ -372,7 +343,6 @@
 #    endif /* NLIST_STRUCT */
 
 #    ifdef SUNOS_5
-#     include <fcntl.h>
 #     include <kvm.h>
 #     include <kstat.h>
 #    endif
@@ -461,7 +431,10 @@
 #  include <sys/dg_sys_info.h>
 # endif
 
-# include "fcntl--.h"
+# if (defined __linux__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined SUNOS_5        \
+      || (defined LOAD_AVE_TYPE && ! defined __VMS))
+#  include <fcntl.h>
+# endif
 
 /* Avoid static vars inside a function since in HPUX they dump as pure.  */
 
@@ -482,13 +455,13 @@ static struct dg_sys_info_load_info load_info;  /* what-a-mouthful! */
 # if !defined (HAVE_LIBKSTAT) && defined (LOAD_AVE_TYPE)
 /* File descriptor open to /dev/kmem or VMS load ave driver.  */
 static int channel;
-/* True iff channel is valid.  */
+/* True if channel is valid.  */
 static bool getloadavg_initialized;
 /* Offset in kmem to seek to read load average, or 0 means invalid.  */
 static long offset;
 
 #  if ! defined __VMS && ! defined sgi && ! defined __linux__
-static struct nlist nl[2];
+static struct nlist name_list[2];
 #  endif
 
 #  ifdef SUNOS_5
@@ -500,7 +473,7 @@ static kvm_t *kd;
 /* Put the 1 minute, 5 minute and 15 minute load averages
    into the first NELEM elements of LOADAVG.
    Return the number written (never more than 3, but may be less than NELEM),
-   or -1 if an error occurred.  */
+   or -1 (setting errno) if an error occurred.  */
 
 int
 getloadavg (double loadavg[], int nelem)
@@ -509,18 +482,17 @@ getloadavg (double loadavg[], int nelem)
 
 # ifdef NO_GET_LOAD_AVG
 #  define LDAV_DONE
-  /* Set errno to zero to indicate that there was no particular error;
-     this function just can't work at all on this system.  */
-  errno = 0;
+  errno = ENOSYS;
   elem = -1;
 # endif
 
-# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (HAVE_LIBKSTAT)
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (HAVE_LIBKSTAT)       /* Solaris <= 2.6 */
 /* Use libkstat because we don't have to be root.  */
 #  define LDAV_DONE
   kstat_ctl_t *kc;
   kstat_t *ksp;
   kstat_named_t *kn;
+  int saved_errno;
 
   kc = kstat_open ();
   if (kc == 0)
@@ -559,10 +531,13 @@ getloadavg (double loadavg[], int nelem)
         }
     }
 
+  saved_errno = errno;
   kstat_close (kc);
+  errno = saved_errno;
 # endif /* HAVE_LIBKSTAT */
 
 # if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (hpux) && defined (HAVE_PSTAT_GETDYNAMIC)
+                                                           /* HP-UX */
 /* Use pstat_getdynamic() because we don't have to be root.  */
 #  define LDAV_DONE
 #  undef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
@@ -579,7 +554,7 @@ getloadavg (double loadavg[], int nelem)
 
 # endif /* hpux && HAVE_PSTAT_GETDYNAMIC */
 
-# if ! defined LDAV_DONE && defined HAVE_LIBPERFSTAT
+# if ! defined LDAV_DONE && defined HAVE_LIBPERFSTAT       /* AIX */
 #  define LDAV_DONE
 #  undef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
 /* Use perfstat_cpu_total because we don't have to be root. */
@@ -596,6 +571,7 @@ getloadavg (double loadavg[], int nelem)
 # endif
 
 # if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && (defined (__linux__) || defined (__CYGWIN__))
+                                              /* Linux without glibc, Cygwin */
 #  define LDAV_DONE
 #  undef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
 
@@ -605,39 +581,54 @@ getloadavg (double loadavg[], int nelem)
 
   char ldavgbuf[3 * (INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + sizeof ".00 ")];
   char const *ptr = ldavgbuf;
-  int fd, count;
+  int fd, count, saved_errno;
 
   fd = open (LINUX_LDAV_FILE, O_RDONLY);
   if (fd == -1)
     return -1;
   count = read (fd, ldavgbuf, sizeof ldavgbuf - 1);
+  saved_errno = errno;
   (void) close (fd);
+  errno = saved_errno;
   if (count <= 0)
     return -1;
   ldavgbuf[count] = '\0';
 
   for (elem = 0; elem < nelem; elem++)
     {
-      char *endptr;
-      double d;
+      double numerator = 0;
+      double denominator = 1;
+
+      while (*ptr == ' ')
+        ptr++;
 
-      errno = 0;
-      d = c_strtod (ptr, &endptr);
-      if (ptr == endptr || (d == 0 && errno != 0))
+      /* Finish if this number is missing, and report an error if all
+         were missing.  */
+      if (! ('0' <= *ptr && *ptr <= '9'))
         {
           if (elem == 0)
-            return -1;
+            {
+              errno = ENOTSUP;
+              return -1;
+            }
           break;
         }
-      loadavg[elem] = d;
-      ptr = endptr;
+
+      while ('0' <= *ptr && *ptr <= '9')
+        numerator = 10 * numerator + (*ptr++ - '0');
+
+      if (*ptr == '.')
+        for (ptr++; '0' <= *ptr && *ptr <= '9'; ptr++)
+          numerator = 10 * numerator + (*ptr - '0'), denominator *= 10;
+
+      loadavg[elem++] = numerator / denominator;
     }
 
   return elem;
 
 # endif /* __linux__ || __CYGWIN__ */
 
-# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (__NetBSD__)
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (__NetBSD__)          /* NetBSD < 0.9 */
 #  define LDAV_DONE
 #  undef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
 
@@ -657,7 +648,10 @@ getloadavg (double loadavg[], int nelem)
                   &scale);
   (void) fclose (fp);
   if (count != 4)
-    return -1;
+    {
+      errno = ENOTSUP;
+      return -1;
+    }
 
   for (elem = 0; elem < nelem; elem++)
     loadavg[elem] = (double) load_ave[elem] / (double) scale;
@@ -666,7 +660,7 @@ getloadavg (double loadavg[], int nelem)
 
 # endif /* __NetBSD__ */
 
-# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (NeXT)
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (NeXT)                /* NeXTStep */
 #  define LDAV_DONE
   /* The NeXT code was adapted from iscreen 3.2.  */
 
@@ -698,7 +692,10 @@ getloadavg (double loadavg[], int nelem)
     }
 
   if (!getloadavg_initialized)
-    return -1;
+    {
+      errno = ENOTSUP;
+      return -1;
+    }
 # endif /* NeXT */
 
 # if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (UMAX)
@@ -732,7 +729,7 @@ getloadavg (double loadavg[], int nelem)
       for (i = 0; i < conf.config_maxclass; ++i)
         {
           struct class_stats stats;
-          bzero ((char *) &stats, sizeof stats);
+          memset (&stats, 0, sizeof stats);
 
           desc.sd_type = CPUTYPE_CLASS;
           desc.sd_objid = i;
@@ -775,7 +772,7 @@ getloadavg (double loadavg[], int nelem)
 #  define LDAV_DONE
   /* This call can return -1 for an error, but with good args
      it's not supposed to fail.  The first argument is for no
-     apparent reason of type `long int *'.  */
+     apparent reason of type 'long int *'.  */
   dg_sys_info ((long int *) &load_info,
                DG_SYS_INFO_LOAD_INFO_TYPE,
                DG_SYS_INFO_LOAD_VERSION_0);
@@ -825,6 +822,7 @@ getloadavg (double loadavg[], int nelem)
 # endif /* OSF_MIPS */
 
 # if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && (defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (WINDOWS32))
+                                                           /* DJGPP */
 #  define LDAV_DONE
 
   /* A faithful emulation is going to have to be saved for a rainy day.  */
@@ -834,7 +832,7 @@ getloadavg (double loadavg[], int nelem)
     }
 # endif  /* __MSDOS__ || WINDOWS32 */
 
-# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (OSF_ALPHA)
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (OSF_ALPHA)           /* OSF/1 */
 #  define LDAV_DONE
 
   struct tbl_loadavg load_ave;
@@ -846,7 +844,7 @@ getloadavg (double loadavg[], int nelem)
          : (load_ave.tl_avenrun.l[elem] / (double) load_ave.tl_lscale));
 # endif /* OSF_ALPHA */
 
-# if ! defined LDAV_DONE && defined __VMS
+# if ! defined LDAV_DONE && defined __VMS                  /* VMS */
   /* VMS specific code -- read from the Load Ave driver.  */
 
   LOAD_AVE_TYPE load_ave[3];
@@ -883,10 +881,14 @@ getloadavg (double loadavg[], int nelem)
     }
 
   if (!getloadavg_initialized)
-    return -1;
+    {
+      errno = ENOTSUP;
+      return -1;
+    }
 # endif /* ! defined LDAV_DONE && defined __VMS */
 
 # if ! defined LDAV_DONE && defined LOAD_AVE_TYPE && ! defined __VMS
+                                                  /* IRIX, other old systems */
 
   /* UNIX-specific code -- read the average from /dev/kmem.  */
 
@@ -899,38 +901,36 @@ getloadavg (double loadavg[], int nelem)
     {
 #  ifndef sgi
 #   if ! defined NLIST_STRUCT || ! defined N_NAME_POINTER
-      strcpy (nl[0].n_name, LDAV_SYMBOL);
-      strcpy (nl[1].n_name, "");
+      strcpy (name_list[0].n_name, LDAV_SYMBOL);
+      strcpy (name_list[1].n_name, "");
 #   else /* NLIST_STRUCT */
 #    ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME
-      nl[0].n_un.n_name = LDAV_SYMBOL;
-      nl[1].n_un.n_name = 0;
+      name_list[0].n_un.n_name = LDAV_SYMBOL;
+      name_list[1].n_un.n_name = 0;
 #    else /* not HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME */
-      nl[0].n_name = LDAV_SYMBOL;
-      nl[1].n_name = 0;
+      name_list[0].n_name = LDAV_SYMBOL;
+      name_list[1].n_name = 0;
 #    endif /* not HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME */
 #   endif /* NLIST_STRUCT */
 
 #   ifndef SUNOS_5
       if (
 #    if !(defined (_AIX) && !defined (ps2))
-          nlist (KERNEL_FILE, nl)
+          nlist (KERNEL_FILE, name_list)
 #    else  /* _AIX */
-          knlist (nl, 1, sizeof (nl[0]))
+          knlist (name_list, 1, sizeof (name_list[0]))
 #    endif
           >= 0)
-          /* Omit "&& nl[0].n_type != 0 " -- it breaks on Sun386i.  */
+          /* Omit "&& name_list[0].n_type != 0 " -- it breaks on Sun386i.  */
           {
 #    ifdef FIXUP_KERNEL_SYMBOL_ADDR
-            FIXUP_KERNEL_SYMBOL_ADDR (nl);
+            FIXUP_KERNEL_SYMBOL_ADDR (name_list);
 #    endif
-            offset = nl[0].n_value;
+            offset = name_list[0].n_value;
           }
 #   endif /* !SUNOS_5 */
 #  else  /* sgi */
-      int ldav_off;
-
-      ldav_off = sysmp (MP_KERNADDR, MPKA_AVENRUN);
+      ptrdiff_t ldav_off = sysmp (MP_KERNADDR, MPKA_AVENRUN);
       if (ldav_off != -1)
         offset = (long int) ldav_off & 0x7fffffff;
 #  endif /* sgi */
@@ -940,13 +940,27 @@ getloadavg (double loadavg[], int nelem)
   if (!getloadavg_initialized)
     {
 #  ifndef SUNOS_5
-      channel = open ("/dev/kmem", O_RDONLY);
-      if (channel >= 0)
+      /* Set the channel to close on exec, so it does not
+         litter any child's descriptor table.  */
+#   ifndef O_CLOEXEC
+#    define O_CLOEXEC 0
+#   endif
+      int fd = open ("/dev/kmem", O_RDONLY | O_CLOEXEC);
+      if (0 <= fd)
         {
-          /* Set the channel to close on exec, so it does not
-             litter any child's descriptor table.  */
-          set_cloexec_flag (channel, true);
-          getloadavg_initialized = true;
+#   if F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC
+          if (fd <= STDERR_FILENO)
+            {
+              int fd1 = fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, STDERR_FILENO + 1);
+              close (fd);
+              fd = fd1;
+            }
+#   endif
+          if (0 <= fd)
+            {
+              channel = fd;
+              getloadavg_initialized = true;
+            }
         }
 #  else /* SUNOS_5 */
       /* We pass 0 for the kernel, corefile, and swapfile names
@@ -955,8 +969,8 @@ getloadavg (double loadavg[], int nelem)
       if (kd != 0)
         {
           /* nlist the currently running kernel.  */
-          kvm_nlist (kd, nl);
-          offset = nl[0].n_value;
+          kvm_nlist (kd, name_list);
+          offset = name_list[0].n_value;
           getloadavg_initialized = true;
         }
 #  endif /* SUNOS_5 */
@@ -985,7 +999,10 @@ getloadavg (double loadavg[], int nelem)
     }
 
   if (offset == 0 || !getloadavg_initialized)
-    return -1;
+    {
+      errno = ENOTSUP;
+      return -1;
+    }
 # endif /* ! defined LDAV_DONE && defined LOAD_AVE_TYPE && ! defined __VMS */
 
 # if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (LOAD_AVE_TYPE) /* Including VMS.  */
@@ -1000,51 +1017,8 @@ getloadavg (double loadavg[], int nelem)
 # endif /* !LDAV_DONE && LOAD_AVE_TYPE */
 
 # if !defined LDAV_DONE
-  /* Set errno to zero to indicate that there was no particular error;
-     this function just can't work at all on this system.  */
-  errno = 0;
+  errno = ENOSYS;
   elem = -1;
 # endif
   return elem;
 }
-
-#endif /* ! HAVE_GETLOADAVG */
-
-#ifdef TEST
-int
-main (int argc, char **argv)
-{
-  int naptime = 0;
-
-  if (argc > 1)
-    naptime = atoi (argv[1]);
-
-  while (1)
-    {
-      double avg[3];
-      int loads;
-
-      errno = 0;                /* Don't be misled if it doesn't set errno.  */
-      loads = getloadavg (avg, 3);
-      if (loads == -1)
-        {
-          perror ("Error getting load average");
-          return EXIT_FAILURE;
-        }
-      if (loads > 0)
-        printf ("1-minute: %f  ", avg[0]);
-      if (loads > 1)
-        printf ("5-minute: %f  ", avg[1]);
-      if (loads > 2)
-        printf ("15-minute: %f  ", avg[2]);
-      if (loads > 0)
-        putchar ('\n');
-
-      if (naptime == 0)
-        break;
-      sleep (naptime);
-    }
-
-  return EXIT_SUCCESS;
-}
-#endif /* TEST */

gl/getopt.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
    NOTE: getopt is part of the C library, so if you don't know what
    "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to drepper@gnu.org
    before changing it!
-   Copyright (C) 1987-1996, 1998-2004, 2006, 2008-2010 Free Software
+   Copyright (C) 1987-1996, 1998-2004, 2006, 2008-2013 Free Software
    Foundation, Inc.
    This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
@@ -41,15 +41,15 @@
 # include <wchar.h>
 #endif
 
-/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
+/* This version of 'getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix 'getopt'
    but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user
    to intersperse the options with the other arguments.
 
-   As `getopt_long' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
+   As 'getopt_long' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
    when it is done, all the options precede everything else.  Thus
    all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
 
-   Using `getopt' or setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT
+   Using 'getopt' or setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT
    disables permutation.
    Then the behavior is completely standard.
 
@@ -58,24 +58,24 @@
 
 #include "getopt_int.h"
 
-/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
-   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+/* For communication from 'getopt' to the caller.
+   When 'getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
    the argument value is returned here.
-   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   Also, when 'ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
    each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
 
 char *optarg;
 
 /* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
    This is used for communication to and from the caller
-   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
+   and for communication between successive calls to 'getopt'.
 
-   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+   On entry to 'getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
 
-   When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+   When 'getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
    non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
 
-   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   Otherwise, 'optind' communicates from one call to the next
    how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
 
 /* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call.  */
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags;
    The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
    the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
 
-   `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
+   'first_nonopt' and 'last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
    the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.  */
 
 static void
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ exchange (char **argv, struct _getopt_data *d)
      but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next.  */
 
 #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
-  /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags'
+  /* First make sure the handling of the '__getopt_nonoption_flags'
      string can work normally.  Our top argument must be in the range
      of the string.  */
   if (d->__nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= d->__nonoption_flags_max_len)
@@ -291,48 +291,48 @@ _getopt_initialize (int argc _GL_UNUSED,
 
    If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
    then it is an option element.  The characters of this element
-   (aside from the initial '-') are option characters.  If `getopt'
+   (aside from the initial '-') are option characters.  If 'getopt'
    is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
    from each of the option elements.
 
-   If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
-   updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
+   If 'getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
+   updating 'optind' and 'nextchar' so that the next call to 'getopt' can
    resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
 
-   If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns -1.
-   Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
+   If there are no more option characters, 'getopt' returns -1.
+   Then 'optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
    that is not an option.  (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
    so that those that are not options now come last.)
 
    OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
    If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
-   return '?' after printing an error message.  If you set `opterr' to
+   return '?' after printing an error message.  If you set 'opterr' to
    zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
 
    If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
    so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
-   ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'.  Two colons mean an option that
+   ARGV-element, is returned in 'optarg'.  Two colons mean an option that
    wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
-   it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero.
+   it is returned in 'optarg', otherwise 'optarg' is set to zero.
 
-   If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of
+   If OPTSTRING starts with '-' or '+', it requests different methods of
    handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
    See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
 
-   Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'.
+   Long-named options begin with '--' instead of '-'.
    Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
    or is an exact match for some defined option.  If they have an
    argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
-   from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
-   When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
-   `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field
-   if the `flag' field is zero.
+   from the option name by a '=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
+   When 'getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
+   'flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's 'val' field
+   if the 'flag' field is zero.
 
    The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
    But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
    with other systems.
 
-   LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an
+   LONGOPTS is a vector of 'struct option' terminated by an
    element containing a name which is zero.
 
    LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ _getopt_internal_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
           d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
         }
 
-      /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options.
+      /* The special ARGV-element '--' means premature end of options.
          Skip it like a null option,
          then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
          then skip everything else like a non-option.  */
@@ -479,23 +479,28 @@ _getopt_internal_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
                             || !strchr (optstring, argv[d->optind][1])))))
     {
       char *nameend;
+      unsigned int namelen;
       const struct option *p;
       const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+      struct option_list
+      {
+        const struct option *p;
+        struct option_list *next;
+      } *ambig_list = NULL;
       int exact = 0;
-      int ambig = 0;
       int indfound = -1;
       int option_index;
 
       for (nameend = d->__nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
         /* Do nothing.  */ ;
+      namelen = nameend - d->__nextchar;
 
       /* Test all long options for either exact match
          or abbreviated matches.  */
       for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
-        if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, nameend - d->__nextchar))
+        if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, namelen))
           {
-            if ((unsigned int) (nameend - d->__nextchar)
-                == (unsigned int) strlen (p->name))
+            if (namelen == (unsigned int) strlen (p->name))
               {
                 /* Exact match found.  */
                 pfound = p;
@@ -513,35 +518,71 @@ _getopt_internal_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
                      || pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg
                      || pfound->flag != p->flag
                      || pfound->val != p->val)
-              /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
-              ambig = 1;
+              {
+                /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
+                struct option_list *newp = malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+                newp->p = p;
+                newp->next = ambig_list;
+                ambig_list = newp;
+              }
           }
 
-      if (ambig && !exact)
+      if (ambig_list != NULL && !exact)
         {
           if (print_errors)
             {
+              struct option_list first;
+              first.p = pfound;
+              first.next = ambig_list;
+              ambig_list = &first;
+
 #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
-              char *buf;
+              char *buf = NULL;
+              size_t buflen = 0;
 
-              if (__asprintf (&buf, _("%s: option '%s' is ambiguous\n"),
-                              argv[0], argv[d->optind]) >= 0)
+              FILE *fp = open_memstream (&buf, &buflen);
+              if (fp != NULL)
                 {
-                  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+                  fprintf (fp,
+                           _("%s: option '%s' is ambiguous; possibilities:"),
+                           argv[0], argv[d->optind]);
 
-                  int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
-                  ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+                  do
+                    {
+                      fprintf (fp, " '--%s'", ambig_list->p->name);
+                      ambig_list = ambig_list->next;
+                    }
+                  while (ambig_list != NULL);
 
-                  __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+                  fputc_unlocked ('\n', fp);
 
-                  ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
-                  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+                  if (__builtin_expect (fclose (fp) != EOF, 1))
+                    {
+                      _IO_flockfile (stderr);
 
-                  free (buf);
+                      int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+                      ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+                      __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+                      ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+                      _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+                      free (buf);
+                    }
                 }
 #else
-              fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option '%s' is ambiguous\n"),
+              fprintf (stderr,
+                       _("%s: option '%s' is ambiguous; possibilities:"),
                        argv[0], argv[d->optind]);
+              do
+                {
+                  fprintf (stderr, " '--%s'", ambig_list->p->name);
+                  ambig_list = ambig_list->next;
+                }
+              while (ambig_list != NULL);
+
+              fputc ('\n', stderr);
 #endif
             }
           d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
@@ -550,6 +591,13 @@ _getopt_internal_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
           return '?';
         }
 
+      while (ambig_list != NULL)
+        {
+          struct option_list *pn = ambig_list->next;
+          free (ambig_list);
+          ambig_list = pn;
+        }
+
       if (pfound != NULL)
         {
           option_index = indfound;
@@ -740,7 +788,7 @@ _getopt_internal_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
     char c = *d->__nextchar++;
     const char *temp = strchr (optstring, c);
 
-    /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character.  */
+    /* Increment 'optind' when we start to process its last character.  */
     if (*d->__nextchar == '\0')
       ++d->optind;
 
@@ -791,6 +839,9 @@ _getopt_internal_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
         int indfound = 0;
         int option_index;
 
+        if (longopts == NULL)
+          goto no_longs;
+
         /* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
         if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
           {
@@ -836,7 +887,7 @@ _getopt_internal_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
             return c;
           }
         else
-          /* We already incremented `d->optind' once;
+          /* We already incremented 'd->optind' once;
              increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
           d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
 
@@ -998,8 +1049,10 @@ _getopt_internal_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
               }
             return pfound->val;
           }
-          d->__nextchar = NULL;
-          return 'W';   /* Let the application handle it.   */
+
+      no_longs:
+        d->__nextchar = NULL;
+        return 'W';   /* Let the application handle it.   */
       }
     if (temp[1] == ':')
       {
@@ -1061,7 +1114,7 @@ _getopt_internal_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
                   c = '?';
               }
             else
-              /* We already incremented `optind' once;
+              /* We already incremented 'optind' once;
                  increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
               d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
             d->__nextchar = NULL;
@@ -1124,7 +1177,7 @@ __posix_getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *optstring)
 #ifdef TEST
 
 /* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
-   the above definition of `getopt'.  */
+   the above definition of 'getopt'.  */
 
 int
 main (int argc, char **argv)

gl/getopt.in.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Declarations for getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001, 2003-2007, 2009-2010 Free Software
+   Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001, 2003-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software
    Foundation, Inc.
    This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
@@ -16,11 +16,12 @@
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
 
-#ifndef _GL_GETOPT_H
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H
 
 #if __GNUC__ >= 3
 @PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
 #endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
 
 /* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  We must
    also inform the replacement unistd.h to not recursively use
@@ -31,10 +32,10 @@
 # undef _GL_SYSTEM_GETOPT
 #endif
 
-#ifndef _GL_GETOPT_H
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H
 
 #ifndef __need_getopt
-# define _GL_GETOPT_H 1
+# define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H 1
 #endif
 
 /* Standalone applications should #define __GETOPT_PREFIX to an
@@ -48,7 +49,9 @@
    linkers.  */
 #if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt
 # if !@HAVE_GETOPT_H@
+#  define __need_system_stdlib_h
 #  include <stdlib.h>
+#  undef __need_system_stdlib_h
 #  include <stdio.h>
 #  include <unistd.h>
 # endif
@@ -81,7 +84,7 @@
    getopt_long_only can permute argv; this is required for backward
    compatibility (e.g., for LSB 2.0.1).
 
-   This used to be `#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt',
+   This used to be '#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt',
    but it caused redefinition warnings if both unistd.h and getopt.h were
    included, since unistd.h includes getopt.h having previously defined
    __need_getopt.
@@ -127,29 +130,29 @@
 extern "C" {
 #endif
 
-/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
-   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+/* For communication from 'getopt' to the caller.
+   When 'getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
    the argument value is returned here.
-   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   Also, when 'ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
    each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
 
 extern char *optarg;
 
 /* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
    This is used for communication to and from the caller
-   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
+   and for communication between successive calls to 'getopt'.
 
-   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+   On entry to 'getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
 
-   When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+   When 'getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
    non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
 
-   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   Otherwise, 'optind' communicates from one call to the next
    how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
 
 extern int optind;
 
-/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message 'getopt' prints
    for unrecognized options.  */
 
 extern int opterr;
@@ -161,25 +164,26 @@ extern int optopt;
 #ifndef __need_getopt
 /* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
    The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
-   of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
+   of 'struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
    zero.
 
-   The field `has_arg' is:
+   The field 'has_arg' is:
    no_argument          (or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
    required_argument    (or 1) if the option requires an argument,
    optional_argument    (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
 
-   If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
-   to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
+   If the field 'flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
+   to the value given in the field 'val' when the option is found, but
    left unchanged if the option is not found.
 
-   To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
-   a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
-   option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
+   To have a long-named option do something other than set an 'int' to
+   a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from 'optarg', set the
+   option's 'flag' field to zero and its 'val' field to a nonzero
    value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
-   one).  For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
-   returns the contents of the `val' field.  */
+   one).  For long options that have a zero 'flag' field, 'getopt'
+   returns the contents of the 'val' field.  */
 
+# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_option
 struct option
 {
   const char *name;
@@ -189,8 +193,10 @@ struct option
   int *flag;
   int val;
 };
+#  define GNULIB_defined_struct_option 1
+# endif
 
-/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'.  */
+/* Names for the values of the 'has_arg' field of 'struct option'.  */
 
 # define no_argument            0
 # define required_argument      1
@@ -204,23 +210,23 @@ struct option
 
    Return the option character from OPTS just read.  Return -1 when
    there are no more options.  For unrecognized options, or options
-   missing arguments, `optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
+   missing arguments, 'optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
    returned.
 
    The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
    letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
-   takes an argument, to be placed in `optarg'.
+   takes an argument, to be placed in 'optarg'.
 
    If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
-   optional.  This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'.
+   optional.  This behavior is specific to the GNU 'getopt'.
 
-   The argument `--' causes premature termination of argument
-   scanning, explicitly telling `getopt' that there are no more
+   The argument '--' causes premature termination of argument
+   scanning, explicitly telling 'getopt' that there are no more
    options.
 
-   If OPTS begins with `-', then non-option arguments are treated as
+   If OPTS begins with '-', then non-option arguments are treated as
    arguments to the option '\1'.  This behavior is specific to the GNU
-   `getopt'.  If OPTS begins with `+', or POSIXLY_CORRECT is set in
+   'getopt'.  If OPTS begins with '+', or POSIXLY_CORRECT is set in
    the environment, then do not permute arguments.  */
 
 extern int getopt (int ___argc, char *const *___argv, const char *__shortopts)
@@ -245,5 +251,5 @@ extern int getopt_long_only (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
 /* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations.  */
 #undef __need_getopt
 
-#endif /* getopt.h */
-#endif /* getopt.h */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H */

gl/getopt1.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1997,
-   1998, 2004, 2006, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1987-1994, 1996-1998, 2004, 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
    This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -141,11 +141,11 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
           break;
 
         case 'c':
-          printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+          printf ("option c with value '%s'\n", optarg);
           break;
 
         case 'd':
-          printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+          printf ("option d with value '%s'\n", optarg);
           break;
 
         case '?':

gl/getopt_int.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Internal declarations for getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001, 2003-2004, 2009-2010 Free Software
+   Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001, 2003-2004, 2009-2013 Free Software
    Foundation, Inc.
    This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ extern int _getopt_internal (int ___argc, char **___argv,
    stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
    This is what Unix does.
    This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
-   variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character
+   variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using '+' as the first character
    of the list of option characters, or by calling getopt.
 
    PERMUTE is the default.  We permute the contents of ARGV as we
@@ -52,12 +52,12 @@ extern int _getopt_internal (int ___argc, char **___argv,
    written to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order
    and that care about the ordering of the two.  We describe each
    non-option ARGV-element as if it were the argument of an option
-   with character code 1.  Using `-' as the first character of the
+   with character code 1.  Using '-' as the first character of the
    list of option characters selects this mode of operation.
 
-   The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
-   of the value of `ordering'.  In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
-   `--' can cause `getopt' to return -1 with `optind' != ARGC.  */
+   The special argument '--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
+   of the value of 'ordering'.  In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
+   '--' can cause 'getopt' to return -1 with 'optind' != ARGC.  */
 
 enum __ord
   {
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ struct _getopt_data
   /* Handle permutation of arguments.  */
 
   /* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
-     been skipped.  `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first
-     of them; `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them.  */
+     been skipped.  'first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first
+     of them; 'last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them.  */
 
   int __first_nonopt;
   int __last_nonopt;
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ struct _getopt_data
 #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
   int __nonoption_flags_max_len;
   int __nonoption_flags_len;
-# endif
+#endif
 };
 
 /* The initializer is necessary to set OPTIND and OPTERR to their

gl/gettext.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002, 2004-2006, 2009-2010 Free Software
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002, 2004-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
    Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -13,8 +13,7 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
 
 #ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
 #define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
@@ -54,7 +53,7 @@
    it now, to make later inclusions of <libintl.h> a NOP.  */
 #if defined(__cplusplus) && defined(__GNUG__) && (__GNUC__ >= 3)
 # include <cstdlib>
-# if (__GLIBC__ >= 2) || _GLIBCXX_HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+# if (__GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__) || _GLIBCXX_HAVE_LIBINTL_H
 #  include <libintl.h>
 # endif
 #endif
@@ -93,6 +92,12 @@
 
 #endif
 
+/* Prefer gnulib's setlocale override over libintl's setlocale override.  */
+#ifdef GNULIB_defined_setlocale
+# undef setlocale
+# define setlocale rpl_setlocale
+#endif
+
 /* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
    extraction of messages, but does not call gettext().  The run-time
    translation is done at a different place in the code.
@@ -178,9 +183,12 @@ npgettext_aux (const char *domain,
 
 #include <string.h>
 
-#define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS \
-  (((__GNUC__ >= 3 || __GNUG__ >= 2) && !__STRICT_ANSI__) \
-   /* || __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */ )
+#if (((__GNUC__ >= 3 || __GNUG__ >= 2) && !defined __STRICT_ANSI__) \
+     /* || __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */ )
+# define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS 1
+#else
+# define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS 0
+#endif
 
 #if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
 #include <stdlib.h>

gl/glthread/lock.c

@@ -0,0 +1,1057 @@
+/* Locking in multithreaded situations.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
+   Based on GCC's gthr-posix.h, gthr-posix95.h, gthr-solaris.h,
+   gthr-win32.h.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "glthread/lock.h"
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_POSIX_THREADS
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+# if HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK
+
+#  if !defined PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  int err;
+
+  err = pthread_rwlock_init (&lock->rwlock, NULL);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  lock->initialized = 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->initialized)
+    {
+      int err;
+
+      err = pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard);
+      if (err != 0)
+        return err;
+      if (!lock->initialized)
+        {
+          err = glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (lock);
+          if (err != 0)
+            {
+              pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard);
+              return err;
+            }
+        }
+      err = pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard);
+      if (err != 0)
+        return err;
+    }
+  return pthread_rwlock_rdlock (&lock->rwlock);
+}
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->initialized)
+    {
+      int err;
+
+      err = pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard);
+      if (err != 0)
+        return err;
+      if (!lock->initialized)
+        {
+          err = glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (lock);
+          if (err != 0)
+            {
+              pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard);
+              return err;
+            }
+        }
+      err = pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard);
+      if (err != 0)
+        return err;
+    }
+  return pthread_rwlock_wrlock (&lock->rwlock);
+}
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->initialized)
+    return EINVAL;
+  return pthread_rwlock_unlock (&lock->rwlock);
+}
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  int err;
+
+  if (!lock->initialized)
+    return EINVAL;
+  err = pthread_rwlock_destroy (&lock->rwlock);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  lock->initialized = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#  endif
+
+# else
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  int err;
+
+  err = pthread_mutex_init (&lock->lock, NULL);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  err = pthread_cond_init (&lock->waiting_readers, NULL);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  err = pthread_cond_init (&lock->waiting_writers, NULL);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  lock->waiting_writers_count = 0;
+  lock->runcount = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  int err;
+
+  err = pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  /* Test whether only readers are currently running, and whether the runcount
+     field will not overflow.  */
+  /* POSIX says: "It is implementation-defined whether the calling thread
+     acquires the lock when a writer does not hold the lock and there are
+     writers blocked on the lock."  Let's say, no: give the writers a higher
+     priority.  */
+  while (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0 && lock->waiting_writers_count == 0))
+    {
+      /* This thread has to wait for a while.  Enqueue it among the
+         waiting_readers.  */
+      err = pthread_cond_wait (&lock->waiting_readers, &lock->lock);
+      if (err != 0)
+        {
+          pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
+          return err;
+        }
+    }
+  lock->runcount++;
+  return pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
+}
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  int err;
+
+  err = pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  /* Test whether no readers or writers are currently running.  */
+  while (!(lock->runcount == 0))
+    {
+      /* This thread has to wait for a while.  Enqueue it among the
+         waiting_writers.  */
+      lock->waiting_writers_count++;
+      err = pthread_cond_wait (&lock->waiting_writers, &lock->lock);
+      if (err != 0)
+        {
+          lock->waiting_writers_count--;
+          pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
+          return err;
+        }
+      lock->waiting_writers_count--;
+    }
+  lock->runcount--; /* runcount becomes -1 */
+  return pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
+}
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  int err;
+
+  err = pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  if (lock->runcount < 0)
+    {
+      /* Drop a writer lock.  */
+      if (!(lock->runcount == -1))
+        {
+          pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
+          return EINVAL;
+        }
+      lock->runcount = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Drop a reader lock.  */
+      if (!(lock->runcount > 0))
+        {
+          pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
+          return EINVAL;
+        }
+      lock->runcount--;
+    }
+  if (lock->runcount == 0)
+    {
+      /* POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take precedence over read
+         locks", to avoid "writer starvation".  */
+      if (lock->waiting_writers_count > 0)
+        {
+          /* Wake up one of the waiting writers.  */
+          err = pthread_cond_signal (&lock->waiting_writers);
+          if (err != 0)
+            {
+              pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
+              return err;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Wake up all waiting readers.  */
+          err = pthread_cond_broadcast (&lock->waiting_readers);
+          if (err != 0)
+            {
+              pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
+              return err;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  return pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
+}
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  int err;
+
+  err = pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->lock);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  err = pthread_cond_destroy (&lock->waiting_readers);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  err = pthread_cond_destroy (&lock->waiting_writers);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+# endif
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+# if HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+
+#  if defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  pthread_mutexattr_t attributes;
+  int err;
+
+  err = pthread_mutexattr_init (&attributes);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  err = pthread_mutexattr_settype (&attributes, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
+  if (err != 0)
+    {
+      pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&attributes);
+      return err;
+    }
+  err = pthread_mutex_init (lock, &attributes);
+  if (err != 0)
+    {
+      pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&attributes);
+      return err;
+    }
+  err = pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&attributes);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#  else
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  pthread_mutexattr_t attributes;
+  int err;
+
+  err = pthread_mutexattr_init (&attributes);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  err = pthread_mutexattr_settype (&attributes, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
+  if (err != 0)
+    {
+      pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&attributes);
+      return err;
+    }
+  err = pthread_mutex_init (&lock->recmutex, &attributes);
+  if (err != 0)
+    {
+      pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&attributes);
+      return err;
+    }
+  err = pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&attributes);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  lock->initialized = 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->initialized)
+    {
+      int err;
+
+      err = pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard);
+      if (err != 0)
+        return err;
+      if (!lock->initialized)
+        {
+          err = glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (lock);
+          if (err != 0)
+            {
+              pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard);
+              return err;
+            }
+        }
+      err = pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard);
+      if (err != 0)
+        return err;
+    }
+  return pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->recmutex);
+}
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->initialized)
+    return EINVAL;
+  return pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->recmutex);
+}
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  int err;
+
+  if (!lock->initialized)
+    return EINVAL;
+  err = pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->recmutex);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  lock->initialized = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#  endif
+
+# else
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  int err;
+
+  err = pthread_mutex_init (&lock->mutex, NULL);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  lock->owner = (pthread_t) 0;
+  lock->depth = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  pthread_t self = pthread_self ();
+  if (lock->owner != self)
+    {
+      int err;
+
+      err = pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->mutex);
+      if (err != 0)
+        return err;
+      lock->owner = self;
+    }
+  if (++(lock->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */
+    {
+      lock->depth--;
+      return EAGAIN;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (lock->owner != pthread_self ())
+    return EPERM;
+  if (lock->depth == 0)
+    return EINVAL;
+  if (--(lock->depth) == 0)
+    {
+      lock->owner = (pthread_t) 0;
+      return pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->mutex);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (lock->owner != (pthread_t) 0)
+    return EBUSY;
+  return pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->mutex);
+}
+
+# endif
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+static const pthread_once_t fresh_once = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
+
+int
+glthread_once_singlethreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control)
+{
+  /* We don't know whether pthread_once_t is an integer type, a floating-point
+     type, a pointer type, or a structure type.  */
+  char *firstbyte = (char *)once_control;
+  if (*firstbyte == *(const char *)&fresh_once)
+    {
+      /* First time use of once_control.  Invert the first byte.  */
+      *firstbyte = ~ *(const char *)&fresh_once;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_PTH_THREADS
+
+/* Use the GNU Pth threads library.  */
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+static void
+glthread_once_call (void *arg)
+{
+  void (**gl_once_temp_addr) (void) = (void (**) (void)) arg;
+  void (*initfunction) (void) = *gl_once_temp_addr;
+  initfunction ();
+}
+
+int
+glthread_once_multithreaded (pth_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void))
+{
+  void (*temp) (void) = initfunction;
+  return (!pth_once (once_control, glthread_once_call, &temp) ? errno : 0);
+}
+
+int
+glthread_once_singlethreaded (pth_once_t *once_control)
+{
+  /* We know that pth_once_t is an integer type.  */
+  if (*once_control == PTH_ONCE_INIT)
+    {
+      /* First time use of once_control.  Invert the marker.  */
+      *once_control = ~ PTH_ONCE_INIT;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS
+
+/* Use the old Solaris threads library.  */
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  int err;
+
+  err = mutex_init (&lock->mutex, USYNC_THREAD, NULL);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  lock->owner = (thread_t) 0;
+  lock->depth = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  thread_t self = thr_self ();
+  if (lock->owner != self)
+    {
+      int err;
+
+      err = mutex_lock (&lock->mutex);
+      if (err != 0)
+        return err;
+      lock->owner = self;
+    }
+  if (++(lock->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */
+    {
+      lock->depth--;
+      return EAGAIN;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (lock->owner != thr_self ())
+    return EPERM;
+  if (lock->depth == 0)
+    return EINVAL;
+  if (--(lock->depth) == 0)
+    {
+      lock->owner = (thread_t) 0;
+      return mutex_unlock (&lock->mutex);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (lock->owner != (thread_t) 0)
+    return EBUSY;
+  return mutex_destroy (&lock->mutex);
+}
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+int
+glthread_once_multithreaded (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void))
+{
+  if (!once_control->inited)
+    {
+      int err;
+
+      /* Use the mutex to guarantee that if another thread is already calling
+         the initfunction, this thread waits until it's finished.  */
+      err = mutex_lock (&once_control->mutex);
+      if (err != 0)
+        return err;
+      if (!once_control->inited)
+        {
+          once_control->inited = 1;
+          initfunction ();
+        }
+      return mutex_unlock (&once_control->mutex);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_once_singlethreaded (gl_once_t *once_control)
+{
+  /* We know that gl_once_t contains an integer type.  */
+  if (!once_control->inited)
+    {
+      /* First time use of once_control.  Invert the marker.  */
+      once_control->inited = ~ 0;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+void
+glthread_lock_init_func (gl_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  InitializeCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  lock->guard.done = 1;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_lock_lock_func (gl_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0)
+        /* This thread is the first one to need this lock.  Initialize it.  */
+        glthread_lock_init (lock);
+      else
+        /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
+           initializing this lock.  */
+        while (!lock->guard.done)
+          Sleep (0);
+    }
+  EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_lock_unlock_func (gl_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->guard.done)
+    return EINVAL;
+  LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_lock_destroy_func (gl_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->guard.done)
+    return EINVAL;
+  DeleteCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  lock->guard.done = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+/* In this file, the waitqueues are implemented as circular arrays.  */
+#define gl_waitqueue_t gl_carray_waitqueue_t
+
+static void
+gl_waitqueue_init (gl_waitqueue_t *wq)
+{
+  wq->array = NULL;
+  wq->count = 0;
+  wq->alloc = 0;
+  wq->offset = 0;
+}
+
+/* Enqueues the current thread, represented by an event, in a wait queue.
+   Returns INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE if an allocation failure occurs.  */
+static HANDLE
+gl_waitqueue_add (gl_waitqueue_t *wq)
+{
+  HANDLE event;
+  unsigned int index;
+
+  if (wq->count == wq->alloc)
+    {
+      unsigned int new_alloc = 2 * wq->alloc + 1;
+      HANDLE *new_array =
+        (HANDLE *) realloc (wq->array, new_alloc * sizeof (HANDLE));
+      if (new_array == NULL)
+        /* No more memory.  */
+        return INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+      /* Now is a good opportunity to rotate the array so that its contents
+         starts at offset 0.  */
+      if (wq->offset > 0)
+        {
+          unsigned int old_count = wq->count;
+          unsigned int old_alloc = wq->alloc;
+          unsigned int old_offset = wq->offset;
+          unsigned int i;
+          if (old_offset + old_count > old_alloc)
+            {
+              unsigned int limit = old_offset + old_count - old_alloc;
+              for (i = 0; i < limit; i++)
+                new_array[old_alloc + i] = new_array[i];
+            }
+          for (i = 0; i < old_count; i++)
+            new_array[i] = new_array[old_offset + i];
+          wq->offset = 0;
+        }
+      wq->array = new_array;
+      wq->alloc = new_alloc;
+    }
+  /* Whether the created event is a manual-reset one or an auto-reset one,
+     does not matter, since we will wait on it only once.  */
+  event = CreateEvent (NULL, TRUE, FALSE, NULL);
+  if (event == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    /* No way to allocate an event.  */
+    return INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+  index = wq->offset + wq->count;
+  if (index >= wq->alloc)
+    index -= wq->alloc;
+  wq->array[index] = event;
+  wq->count++;
+  return event;
+}
+
+/* Notifies the first thread from a wait queue and dequeues it.  */
+static void
+gl_waitqueue_notify_first (gl_waitqueue_t *wq)
+{
+  SetEvent (wq->array[wq->offset + 0]);
+  wq->offset++;
+  wq->count--;
+  if (wq->count == 0 || wq->offset == wq->alloc)
+    wq->offset = 0;
+}
+
+/* Notifies all threads from a wait queue and dequeues them all.  */
+static void
+gl_waitqueue_notify_all (gl_waitqueue_t *wq)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < wq->count; i++)
+    {
+      unsigned int index = wq->offset + i;
+      if (index >= wq->alloc)
+        index -= wq->alloc;
+      SetEvent (wq->array[index]);
+    }
+  wq->count = 0;
+  wq->offset = 0;
+}
+
+void
+glthread_rwlock_init_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  InitializeCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  gl_waitqueue_init (&lock->waiting_readers);
+  gl_waitqueue_init (&lock->waiting_writers);
+  lock->runcount = 0;
+  lock->guard.done = 1;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_rdlock_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0)
+        /* This thread is the first one to need this lock.  Initialize it.  */
+        glthread_rwlock_init (lock);
+      else
+        /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
+           initializing this lock.  */
+        while (!lock->guard.done)
+          Sleep (0);
+    }
+  EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  /* Test whether only readers are currently running, and whether the runcount
+     field will not overflow.  */
+  if (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0))
+    {
+      /* This thread has to wait for a while.  Enqueue it among the
+         waiting_readers.  */
+      HANDLE event = gl_waitqueue_add (&lock->waiting_readers);
+      if (event != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+        {
+          DWORD result;
+          LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+          /* Wait until another thread signals this event.  */
+          result = WaitForSingleObject (event, INFINITE);
+          if (result == WAIT_FAILED || result == WAIT_TIMEOUT)
+            abort ();
+          CloseHandle (event);
+          /* The thread which signalled the event already did the bookkeeping:
+             removed us from the waiting_readers, incremented lock->runcount.  */
+          if (!(lock->runcount > 0))
+            abort ();
+          return 0;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Allocation failure.  Weird.  */
+          do
+            {
+              LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+              Sleep (1);
+              EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+            }
+          while (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0));
+        }
+    }
+  lock->runcount++;
+  LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_wrlock_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0)
+        /* This thread is the first one to need this lock.  Initialize it.  */
+        glthread_rwlock_init (lock);
+      else
+        /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
+           initializing this lock.  */
+        while (!lock->guard.done)
+          Sleep (0);
+    }
+  EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  /* Test whether no readers or writers are currently running.  */
+  if (!(lock->runcount == 0))
+    {
+      /* This thread has to wait for a while.  Enqueue it among the
+         waiting_writers.  */
+      HANDLE event = gl_waitqueue_add (&lock->waiting_writers);
+      if (event != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+        {
+          DWORD result;
+          LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+          /* Wait until another thread signals this event.  */
+          result = WaitForSingleObject (event, INFINITE);
+          if (result == WAIT_FAILED || result == WAIT_TIMEOUT)
+            abort ();
+          CloseHandle (event);
+          /* The thread which signalled the event already did the bookkeeping:
+             removed us from the waiting_writers, set lock->runcount = -1.  */
+          if (!(lock->runcount == -1))
+            abort ();
+          return 0;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Allocation failure.  Weird.  */
+          do
+            {
+              LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+              Sleep (1);
+              EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+            }
+          while (!(lock->runcount == 0));
+        }
+    }
+  lock->runcount--; /* runcount becomes -1 */
+  LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_unlock_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->guard.done)
+    return EINVAL;
+  EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  if (lock->runcount < 0)
+    {
+      /* Drop a writer lock.  */
+      if (!(lock->runcount == -1))
+        abort ();
+      lock->runcount = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Drop a reader lock.  */
+      if (!(lock->runcount > 0))
+        {
+          LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+          return EPERM;
+        }
+      lock->runcount--;
+    }
+  if (lock->runcount == 0)
+    {
+      /* POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take precedence over read
+         locks", to avoid "writer starvation".  */
+      if (lock->waiting_writers.count > 0)
+        {
+          /* Wake up one of the waiting writers.  */
+          lock->runcount--;
+          gl_waitqueue_notify_first (&lock->waiting_writers);
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Wake up all waiting readers.  */
+          lock->runcount += lock->waiting_readers.count;
+          gl_waitqueue_notify_all (&lock->waiting_readers);
+        }
+    }
+  LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_destroy_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->guard.done)
+    return EINVAL;
+  if (lock->runcount != 0)
+    return EBUSY;
+  DeleteCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  if (lock->waiting_readers.array != NULL)
+    free (lock->waiting_readers.array);
+  if (lock->waiting_writers.array != NULL)
+    free (lock->waiting_writers.array);
+  lock->guard.done = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+void
+glthread_recursive_lock_init_func (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  lock->owner = 0;
+  lock->depth = 0;
+  InitializeCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  lock->guard.done = 1;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_lock_func (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0)
+        /* This thread is the first one to need this lock.  Initialize it.  */
+        glthread_recursive_lock_init (lock);
+      else
+        /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
+           initializing this lock.  */
+        while (!lock->guard.done)
+          Sleep (0);
+    }
+  {
+    DWORD self = GetCurrentThreadId ();
+    if (lock->owner != self)
+      {
+        EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+        lock->owner = self;
+      }
+    if (++(lock->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */
+      {
+        lock->depth--;
+        return EAGAIN;
+      }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_func (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (lock->owner != GetCurrentThreadId ())
+    return EPERM;
+  if (lock->depth == 0)
+    return EINVAL;
+  if (--(lock->depth) == 0)
+    {
+      lock->owner = 0;
+      LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_func (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (lock->owner != 0)
+    return EBUSY;
+  DeleteCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  lock->guard.done = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+void
+glthread_once_func (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void))
+{
+  if (once_control->inited <= 0)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&once_control->started) == 0)
+        {
+          /* This thread is the first one to come to this once_control.  */
+          InitializeCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
+          EnterCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
+          once_control->inited = 0;
+          initfunction ();
+          once_control->inited = 1;
+          LeaveCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Undo last operation.  */
+          InterlockedDecrement (&once_control->started);
+          /* Some other thread has already started the initialization.
+             Yield the CPU while waiting for the other thread to finish
+             initializing and taking the lock.  */
+          while (once_control->inited < 0)
+            Sleep (0);
+          if (once_control->inited <= 0)
+            {
+              /* Take the lock.  This blocks until the other thread has
+                 finished calling the initfunction.  */
+              EnterCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
+              LeaveCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
+              if (!(once_control->inited > 0))
+                abort ();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */

gl/glthread/lock.h

@@ -0,0 +1,927 @@
+/* Locking in multithreaded situations.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
+   Based on GCC's gthr-posix.h, gthr-posix95.h, gthr-solaris.h,
+   gthr-win32.h.  */
+
+/* This file contains locking primitives for use with a given thread library.
+   It does not contain primitives for creating threads or for other
+   synchronization primitives.
+
+   Normal (non-recursive) locks:
+     Type:                gl_lock_t
+     Declaration:         gl_lock_define(extern, name)
+     Initializer:         gl_lock_define_initialized(, name)
+     Initialization:      gl_lock_init (name);
+     Taking the lock:     gl_lock_lock (name);
+     Releasing the lock:  gl_lock_unlock (name);
+     De-initialization:   gl_lock_destroy (name);
+   Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
+     Initialization:      err = glthread_lock_init (&name);
+     Taking the lock:     err = glthread_lock_lock (&name);
+     Releasing the lock:  err = glthread_lock_unlock (&name);
+     De-initialization:   err = glthread_lock_destroy (&name);
+
+   Read-Write (non-recursive) locks:
+     Type:                gl_rwlock_t
+     Declaration:         gl_rwlock_define(extern, name)
+     Initializer:         gl_rwlock_define_initialized(, name)
+     Initialization:      gl_rwlock_init (name);
+     Taking the lock:     gl_rwlock_rdlock (name);
+                          gl_rwlock_wrlock (name);
+     Releasing the lock:  gl_rwlock_unlock (name);
+     De-initialization:   gl_rwlock_destroy (name);
+   Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
+     Initialization:      err = glthread_rwlock_init (&name);
+     Taking the lock:     err = glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&name);
+                          err = glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&name);
+     Releasing the lock:  err = glthread_rwlock_unlock (&name);
+     De-initialization:   err = glthread_rwlock_destroy (&name);
+
+   Recursive locks:
+     Type:                gl_recursive_lock_t
+     Declaration:         gl_recursive_lock_define(extern, name)
+     Initializer:         gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(, name)
+     Initialization:      gl_recursive_lock_init (name);
+     Taking the lock:     gl_recursive_lock_lock (name);
+     Releasing the lock:  gl_recursive_lock_unlock (name);
+     De-initialization:   gl_recursive_lock_destroy (name);
+   Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
+     Initialization:      err = glthread_recursive_lock_init (&name);
+     Taking the lock:     err = glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&name);
+     Releasing the lock:  err = glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&name);
+     De-initialization:   err = glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&name);
+
+  Once-only execution:
+     Type:                gl_once_t
+     Initializer:         gl_once_define(extern, name)
+     Execution:           gl_once (name, initfunction);
+   Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
+     Execution:           err = glthread_once (&name, initfunction);
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef _LOCK_H
+#define _LOCK_H
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_POSIX_THREADS
+
+/* Use the POSIX threads library.  */
+
+# include <pthread.h>
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
+
+/* The pthread_in_use() detection needs to be done at runtime.  */
+#  define pthread_in_use() \
+     glthread_in_use ()
+extern int glthread_in_use (void);
+
+# endif
+
+# if USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK
+
+/* Use weak references to the POSIX threads library.  */
+
+/* Weak references avoid dragging in external libraries if the other parts
+   of the program don't use them.  Here we use them, because we don't want
+   every program that uses libintl to depend on libpthread.  This assumes
+   that libpthread would not be loaded after libintl; i.e. if libintl is
+   loaded first, by an executable that does not depend on libpthread, and
+   then a module is dynamically loaded that depends on libpthread, libintl
+   will not be multithread-safe.  */
+
+/* The way to test at runtime whether libpthread is present is to test
+   whether a function pointer's value, such as &pthread_mutex_init, is
+   non-NULL.  However, some versions of GCC have a bug through which, in
+   PIC mode, &foo != NULL always evaluates to true if there is a direct
+   call to foo(...) in the same function.  To avoid this, we test the
+   address of a function in libpthread that we don't use.  */
+
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutex_init
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutex_lock
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutex_unlock
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutex_destroy
+#  pragma weak pthread_rwlock_init
+#  pragma weak pthread_rwlock_rdlock
+#  pragma weak pthread_rwlock_wrlock
+#  pragma weak pthread_rwlock_unlock
+#  pragma weak pthread_rwlock_destroy
+#  pragma weak pthread_once
+#  pragma weak pthread_cond_init
+#  pragma weak pthread_cond_wait
+#  pragma weak pthread_cond_signal
+#  pragma weak pthread_cond_broadcast
+#  pragma weak pthread_cond_destroy
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_init
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_settype
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_destroy
+#  ifndef pthread_self
+#   pragma weak pthread_self
+#  endif
+
+#  if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
+#   pragma weak pthread_cancel
+#   define pthread_in_use() (pthread_cancel != NULL)
+#  endif
+
+# else
+
+#  if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
+#   define pthread_in_use() 1
+#  endif
+
+# endif
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef pthread_mutex_t gl_lock_t;
+# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME;
+# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
+# define gl_lock_initializer \
+    PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
+# define glthread_lock_init(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_init (LOCK, NULL) : 0)
+# define glthread_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_lock (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+# if HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK
+
+#  ifdef PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
+
+typedef pthread_rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
+#   define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS pthread_rwlock_t NAME;
+#   define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS pthread_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
+#   define gl_rwlock_initializer \
+      PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
+#   define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_init (LOCK, NULL) : 0)
+#   define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_rdlock (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_wrlock (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
+
+#  else
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          int initialized;
+          pthread_mutex_t guard;   /* protects the initialization */
+          pthread_rwlock_t rwlock; /* read-write lock */
+        }
+        gl_rwlock_t;
+#   define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
+#   define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
+#   define gl_rwlock_initializer \
+      { 0, PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER }
+#   define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+extern int glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+
+#  endif
+
+# else
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          pthread_mutex_t lock; /* protects the remaining fields */
+          pthread_cond_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */
+          pthread_cond_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */
+          unsigned int waiting_writers_count; /* number of waiting writers */
+          int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */
+        }
+        gl_rwlock_t;
+# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
+# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
+# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
+    { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, 0, 0 }
+# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+extern int glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+
+# endif
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+# if HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+
+#  if defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
+
+typedef pthread_mutex_t gl_recursive_lock_t;
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME;
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
+#   ifdef PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
+#    define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+       PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
+#   else
+#    define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+       PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
+#   endif
+#   define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_lock (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+
+#  else
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          pthread_mutex_t recmutex; /* recursive mutex */
+          pthread_mutex_t guard;    /* protects the initialization */
+          int initialized;
+        }
+        gl_recursive_lock_t;
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+      { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }
+#   define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+
+#  endif
+
+# else
+
+/* Old versions of POSIX threads on Solaris did not have recursive locks.
+   We have to implement them ourselves.  */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          pthread_mutex_t mutex;
+          pthread_t owner;
+          unsigned long depth;
+        }
+        gl_recursive_lock_t;
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+     STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+     STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+     { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, (pthread_t) 0, 0 }
+#  define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
+     (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#  define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+     (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#  define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+     (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#  define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+     (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+
+# endif
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef pthread_once_t gl_once_t;
+# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS pthread_once_t NAME = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
+# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
+    (pthread_in_use ()                                                         \
+     ? pthread_once (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION)                               \
+     : (glthread_once_singlethreaded (ONCE_CONTROL) ? (INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0))
+extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control);
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_PTH_THREADS
+
+/* Use the GNU Pth threads library.  */
+
+# include <pth.h>
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+# if USE_PTH_THREADS_WEAK
+
+/* Use weak references to the GNU Pth threads library.  */
+
+#  pragma weak pth_mutex_init
+#  pragma weak pth_mutex_acquire
+#  pragma weak pth_mutex_release
+#  pragma weak pth_rwlock_init
+#  pragma weak pth_rwlock_acquire
+#  pragma weak pth_rwlock_release
+#  pragma weak pth_once
+
+#  pragma weak pth_cancel
+#  define pth_in_use() (pth_cancel != NULL)
+
+# else
+
+#  define pth_in_use() 1
+
+# endif
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef pth_mutex_t gl_lock_t;
+# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME;
+# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
+# define gl_lock_initializer \
+    PTH_MUTEX_INIT
+# define glthread_lock_init(LOCK) \
+    (pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_init (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
+# define glthread_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+    (pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_acquire (LOCK, 0, NULL) ? errno : 0)
+# define glthread_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+    (pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_release (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
+# define glthread_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+    ((void)(LOCK), 0)
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+typedef pth_rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
+#  define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+     STORAGECLASS pth_rwlock_t NAME;
+#  define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+     STORAGECLASS pth_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
+#  define gl_rwlock_initializer \
+     PTH_RWLOCK_INIT
+#  define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
+     (pth_in_use () && !pth_rwlock_init (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
+#  define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
+     (pth_in_use () && !pth_rwlock_acquire (LOCK, PTH_RWLOCK_RD, 0, NULL) ? errno : 0)
+#  define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
+     (pth_in_use () && !pth_rwlock_acquire (LOCK, PTH_RWLOCK_RW, 0, NULL) ? errno : 0)
+#  define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
+     (pth_in_use () && !pth_rwlock_release (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
+#  define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
+     ((void)(LOCK), 0)
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+/* In Pth, mutexes are recursive by default.  */
+typedef pth_mutex_t gl_recursive_lock_t;
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+     STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME;
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+     STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+     PTH_MUTEX_INIT
+#  define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
+     (pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_init (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
+#  define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+     (pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_acquire (LOCK, 0, NULL) ? errno : 0)
+#  define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+     (pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_release (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
+#  define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+     ((void)(LOCK), 0)
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef pth_once_t gl_once_t;
+# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS pth_once_t NAME = PTH_ONCE_INIT;
+# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
+    (pth_in_use ()                                                             \
+     ? glthread_once_multithreaded (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION)                \
+     : (glthread_once_singlethreaded (ONCE_CONTROL) ? (INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0))
+extern int glthread_once_multithreaded (pth_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void));
+extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (pth_once_t *once_control);
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS
+
+/* Use the old Solaris threads library.  */
+
+# include <thread.h>
+# include <synch.h>
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+# if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS_WEAK
+
+/* Use weak references to the old Solaris threads library.  */
+
+#  pragma weak mutex_init
+#  pragma weak mutex_lock
+#  pragma weak mutex_unlock
+#  pragma weak mutex_destroy
+#  pragma weak rwlock_init
+#  pragma weak rw_rdlock
+#  pragma weak rw_wrlock
+#  pragma weak rw_unlock
+#  pragma weak rwlock_destroy
+#  pragma weak thr_self
+
+#  pragma weak thr_suspend
+#  define thread_in_use() (thr_suspend != NULL)
+
+# else
+
+#  define thread_in_use() 1
+
+# endif
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef mutex_t gl_lock_t;
+# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS mutex_t NAME;
+# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
+# define gl_lock_initializer \
+    DEFAULTMUTEX
+# define glthread_lock_init(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? mutex_init (LOCK, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) : 0)
+# define glthread_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? mutex_lock (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? mutex_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? mutex_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+typedef rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
+# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS rwlock_t NAME;
+# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
+# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
+    DEFAULTRWLOCK
+# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? rwlock_init (LOCK, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) : 0)
+# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? rw_rdlock (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? rw_wrlock (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? rw_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? rwlock_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+/* Old Solaris threads did not have recursive locks.
+   We have to implement them ourselves.  */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          mutex_t mutex;
+          thread_t owner;
+          unsigned long depth;
+        }
+        gl_recursive_lock_t;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+    { DEFAULTMUTEX, (thread_t) 0, 0 }
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          volatile int inited;
+          mutex_t mutex;
+        }
+        gl_once_t;
+# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = { 0, DEFAULTMUTEX };
+# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
+    (thread_in_use ()                                                          \
+     ? glthread_once_multithreaded (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION)                \
+     : (glthread_once_singlethreaded (ONCE_CONTROL) ? (INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0))
+extern int glthread_once_multithreaded (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void));
+extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (gl_once_t *once_control);
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+# include <windows.h>
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+/* We can use CRITICAL_SECTION directly, rather than the native Windows Event,
+   Mutex, Semaphore types, because
+     - we need only to synchronize inside a single process (address space),
+       not inter-process locking,
+     - we don't need to support trylock operations.  (TryEnterCriticalSection
+       does not work on Windows 95/98/ME.  Packages that need trylock usually
+       define their own mutex type.)  */
+
+/* There is no way to statically initialize a CRITICAL_SECTION.  It needs
+   to be done lazily, once only.  For this we need spinlocks.  */
+
+typedef struct { volatile int done; volatile long started; } gl_spinlock_t;
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
+          CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
+        }
+        gl_lock_t;
+# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME;
+# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
+# define gl_lock_initializer \
+    { { 0, -1 } }
+# define glthread_lock_init(LOCK) \
+    (glthread_lock_init_func (LOCK), 0)
+# define glthread_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+    glthread_lock_lock_func (LOCK)
+# define glthread_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+    glthread_lock_unlock_func (LOCK)
+# define glthread_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+    glthread_lock_destroy_func (LOCK)
+extern void glthread_lock_init_func (gl_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_lock_lock_func (gl_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_lock_unlock_func (gl_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_lock_destroy_func (gl_lock_t *lock);
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+/* It is impossible to implement read-write locks using plain locks, without
+   introducing an extra thread dedicated to managing read-write locks.
+   Therefore here we need to use the low-level Event type.  */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          HANDLE *array; /* array of waiting threads, each represented by an event */
+          unsigned int count; /* number of waiting threads */
+          unsigned int alloc; /* length of allocated array */
+          unsigned int offset; /* index of first waiting thread in array */
+        }
+        gl_carray_waitqueue_t;
+typedef struct
+        {
+          gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
+          CRITICAL_SECTION lock; /* protects the remaining fields */
+          gl_carray_waitqueue_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */
+          gl_carray_waitqueue_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */
+          int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */
+        }
+        gl_rwlock_t;
+# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
+# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
+# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
+    { { 0, -1 } }
+# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
+    (glthread_rwlock_init_func (LOCK), 0)
+# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
+    glthread_rwlock_rdlock_func (LOCK)
+# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
+    glthread_rwlock_wrlock_func (LOCK)
+# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
+    glthread_rwlock_unlock_func (LOCK)
+# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
+    glthread_rwlock_destroy_func (LOCK)
+extern void glthread_rwlock_init_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_rdlock_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_wrlock_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_unlock_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_destroy_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+/* The native Windows documentation says that CRITICAL_SECTION already
+   implements a recursive lock.  But we need not rely on it: It's easy to
+   implement a recursive lock without this assumption.  */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
+          DWORD owner;
+          unsigned long depth;
+          CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
+        }
+        gl_recursive_lock_t;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+    { { 0, -1 }, 0, 0 }
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
+    (glthread_recursive_lock_init_func (LOCK), 0)
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+    glthread_recursive_lock_lock_func (LOCK)
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+    glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_func (LOCK)
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+    glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_func (LOCK)
+extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init_func (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock_func (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_func (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_func (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          volatile int inited;
+          volatile long started;
+          CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
+        }
+        gl_once_t;
+# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = { -1, -1 };
+# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
+    (glthread_once_func (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION), 0)
+extern void glthread_once_func (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void));
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if !(USE_POSIX_THREADS || USE_PTH_THREADS || USE_SOLARIS_THREADS || USE_WINDOWS_THREADS)
+
+/* Provide dummy implementation if threads are not supported.  */
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef int gl_lock_t;
+# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
+# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
+# define glthread_lock_init(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_lock_lock(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_lock_unlock(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_lock_destroy(NAME) 0
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+typedef int gl_rwlock_t;
+# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
+# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
+# define glthread_rwlock_init(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(NAME) 0
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+typedef int gl_recursive_lock_t;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
+# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) 0
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef int gl_once_t;
+# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = 0;
+# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
+    (*(ONCE_CONTROL) == 0 ? (*(ONCE_CONTROL) = ~ 0, INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0)
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+/* Macros with built-in error handling.  */
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+#define gl_lock_init(NAME) \
+   do                                  \
+     {                                 \
+       if (glthread_lock_init (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                     \
+     }                                 \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \
+   do                                  \
+     {                                 \
+       if (glthread_lock_lock (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                     \
+     }                                 \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \
+   do                                    \
+     {                                   \
+       if (glthread_lock_unlock (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                       \
+     }                                   \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \
+   do                                     \
+     {                                    \
+       if (glthread_lock_destroy (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                        \
+     }                                    \
+   while (0)
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+#define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \
+   do                                    \
+     {                                   \
+       if (glthread_rwlock_init (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                       \
+     }                                   \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \
+   do                                      \
+     {                                     \
+       if (glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                         \
+     }                                     \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \
+   do                                      \
+     {                                     \
+       if (glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                         \
+     }                                     \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \
+   do                                      \
+     {                                     \
+       if (glthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                         \
+     }                                     \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \
+   do                                       \
+     {                                      \
+       if (glthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                          \
+     }                                      \
+   while (0)
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+#define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \
+   do                                            \
+     {                                           \
+       if (glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                               \
+     }                                           \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \
+   do                                            \
+     {                                           \
+       if (glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                               \
+     }                                           \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \
+   do                                              \
+     {                                             \
+       if (glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                                 \
+     }                                             \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \
+   do                                               \
+     {                                              \
+       if (glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                                  \
+     }                                              \
+   while (0)
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+#define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \
+   do                                           \
+     {                                          \
+       if (glthread_once (&NAME, INITFUNCTION)) \
+         abort ();                              \
+     }                                          \
+   while (0)
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#endif /* _LOCK_H */

gl/glthread/threadlib.c

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* Multithreading primitives.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_POSIX_THREADS
+
+/* Use the POSIX threads library.  */
+
+# include <pthread.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
+
+/* The function to be executed by a dummy thread.  */
+static void *
+dummy_thread_func (void *arg)
+{
+  return arg;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_in_use (void)
+{
+  static int tested;
+  static int result; /* 1: linked with -lpthread, 0: only with libc */
+
+  if (!tested)
+    {
+      pthread_t thread;
+
+      if (pthread_create (&thread, NULL, dummy_thread_func, NULL) != 0)
+        /* Thread creation failed.  */
+        result = 0;
+      else
+        {
+          /* Thread creation works.  */
+          void *retval;
+          if (pthread_join (thread, &retval) != 0)
+            abort ();
+          result = 1;
+        }
+      tested = 1;
+    }
+  return result;
+}
+
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing
+   this file is never empty.  */
+typedef int dummy;

gl/inet_ntop.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* inet_ntop.c -- convert IPv4 and IPv6 addresses from binary to text form
 
-   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -13,8 +13,7 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1996-1999 by Internet Software Consortium.
@@ -38,30 +37,53 @@
 /* Specification.  */
 #include <arpa/inet.h>
 
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <errno.h>
+/* Use this to suppress gcc's "...may be used before initialized" warnings.
+   Beware: The Code argument must not contain commas.  */
+#ifndef IF_LINT
+# ifdef lint
+#  define IF_LINT(Code) Code
+# else
+#  define IF_LINT(Code) /* empty */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_INET_NTOP
+
+# undef inet_ntop
+
+const char *
+rpl_inet_ntop (int af, const void *restrict src,
+               char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt)
+{
+  return inet_ntop (af, src, dst, cnt);
+}
 
-#define NS_IN6ADDRSZ 16
-#define NS_INT16SZ 2
+#else
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <string.h>
+# include <errno.h>
+
+# define NS_IN6ADDRSZ 16
+# define NS_INT16SZ 2
 
 /*
  * WARNING: Don't even consider trying to compile this on a system where
  * sizeof(int) < 4.  sizeof(int) > 4 is fine; all the world's not a VAX.
  */
-typedef int verify_int_size[2 * sizeof (int) - 7];
+typedef int verify_int_size[4 <= sizeof (int) ? 1 : -1];
 
 static const char *inet_ntop4 (const unsigned char *src, char *dst, socklen_t size);
-#if HAVE_IPV6
+# if HAVE_IPV6
 static const char *inet_ntop6 (const unsigned char *src, char *dst, socklen_t size);
-#endif
+# endif
 
 
 /* char *
  * inet_ntop(af, src, dst, size)
  *      convert a network format address to presentation format.
  * return:
- *      pointer to presentation format address (`dst'), or NULL (see errno).
+ *      pointer to presentation format address ('dst'), or NULL (see errno).
  * author:
  *      Paul Vixie, 1996.
  */
@@ -71,15 +93,15 @@ inet_ntop (int af, const void *restrict src,
 {
   switch (af)
     {
-#if HAVE_IPV4
+# if HAVE_IPV4
     case AF_INET:
       return (inet_ntop4 (src, dst, cnt));
-#endif
+# endif
 
-#if HAVE_IPV6
+# if HAVE_IPV6
     case AF_INET6:
       return (inet_ntop6 (src, dst, cnt));
-#endif
+# endif
 
     default:
       errno = EAFNOSUPPORT;
@@ -92,7 +114,7 @@ inet_ntop (int af, const void *restrict src,
  * inet_ntop4(src, dst, size)
  *      format an IPv4 address
  * return:
- *      `dst' (as a const)
+ *      'dst' (as a const)
  * notes:
  *      (1) uses no statics
  *      (2) takes a u_char* not an in_addr as input
@@ -118,7 +140,7 @@ inet_ntop4 (const unsigned char *src, char *dst, socklen_t size)
   return strcpy (dst, tmp);
 }
 
-#if HAVE_IPV6
+# if HAVE_IPV6
 
 /* const char *
  * inet_ntop6(src, dst, size)
@@ -154,6 +176,8 @@ inet_ntop6 (const unsigned char *src, char *dst, socklen_t size)
     words[i / 2] = (src[i] << 8) | src[i + 1];
   best.base = -1;
   cur.base = -1;
+  IF_LINT(best.len = 0);
+  IF_LINT(cur.len = 0);
   for (i = 0; i < (NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ); i++)
     {
       if (words[i] == 0)
@@ -231,4 +255,6 @@ inet_ntop6 (const unsigned char *src, char *dst, socklen_t size)
   return strcpy (dst, tmp);
 }
 
+# endif
+
 #endif

gl/intprops.h

@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 /* intprops.h -- properties of integer types
 
-   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, 2010 Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2005, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -18,66 +17,303 @@
 
 /* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
 
-#ifndef GL_INTPROPS_H
-# define GL_INTPROPS_H
+#ifndef _GL_INTPROPS_H
+#define _GL_INTPROPS_H
 
-# include <limits.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/* Return an integer value, converted to the same type as the integer
+   expression E after integer type promotion.  V is the unconverted value.  */
+#define _GL_INT_CONVERT(e, v) (0 * (e) + (v))
+
+/* Act like _GL_INT_CONVERT (E, -V) but work around a bug in IRIX 6.5 cc; see
+   <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2011-05/msg00406.html>.  */
+#define _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT(e, v) (0 * (e) - (v))
 
 /* The extra casts in the following macros work around compiler bugs,
    e.g., in Cray C 5.0.3.0.  */
 
 /* True if the arithmetic type T is an integer type.  bool counts as
    an integer.  */
-# define TYPE_IS_INTEGER(t) ((t) 1.5 == 1)
+#define TYPE_IS_INTEGER(t) ((t) 1.5 == 1)
 
 /* True if negative values of the signed integer type T use two's
    complement, ones' complement, or signed magnitude representation,
    respectively.  Much GNU code assumes two's complement, but some
    people like to be portable to all possible C hosts.  */
-# define TYPE_TWOS_COMPLEMENT(t) ((t) ~ (t) 0 == (t) -1)
-# define TYPE_ONES_COMPLEMENT(t) ((t) ~ (t) 0 == 0)
-# define TYPE_SIGNED_MAGNITUDE(t) ((t) ~ (t) 0 < (t) -1)
+#define TYPE_TWOS_COMPLEMENT(t) ((t) ~ (t) 0 == (t) -1)
+#define TYPE_ONES_COMPLEMENT(t) ((t) ~ (t) 0 == 0)
+#define TYPE_SIGNED_MAGNITUDE(t) ((t) ~ (t) 0 < (t) -1)
+
+/* True if the signed integer expression E uses two's complement.  */
+#define _GL_INT_TWOS_COMPLEMENT(e) (~ _GL_INT_CONVERT (e, 0) == -1)
 
 /* True if the arithmetic type T is signed.  */
-# define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
+#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
 
-/* The maximum and minimum values for the integer type T.  These
+/* Return 1 if the integer expression E, after integer promotion, has
+   a signed type.  */
+#define _GL_INT_SIGNED(e) (_GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (e, 1) < 0)
+
+
+/* Minimum and maximum values for integer types and expressions.  These
    macros have undefined behavior if T is signed and has padding bits.
    If this is a problem for you, please let us know how to fix it for
    your host.  */
-# define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) \
-  ((t) (! TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
-        ? (t) 0 \
-        : TYPE_SIGNED_MAGNITUDE (t) \
-        ? ~ (t) 0 \
-        : ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1)))
-# define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) \
-  ((t) (! TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
-        ? (t) -1 \
-        : ~ (~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1))))
-
-/* Return zero if T can be determined to be an unsigned type.
-   Otherwise, return 1.
-   When compiling with GCC, INT_STRLEN_BOUND uses this macro to obtain a
-   tighter bound.  Otherwise, it overestimates the true bound by one byte
-   when applied to unsigned types of size 2, 4, 16, ... bytes.
-   The symbol signed_type_or_expr__ is private to this header file.  */
-# if __GNUC__ >= 2
-#  define signed_type_or_expr__(t) TYPE_SIGNED (__typeof__ (t))
-# else
-#  define signed_type_or_expr__(t) 1
-# endif
+
+/* The maximum and minimum values for the integer type T.  */
+#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t)                                                 \
+  ((t) (! TYPE_SIGNED (t)                                               \
+        ? (t) 0                                                         \
+        : TYPE_SIGNED_MAGNITUDE (t)                                     \
+        ? ~ (t) 0                                                       \
+        : ~ TYPE_MAXIMUM (t)))
+#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t)                                                 \
+  ((t) (! TYPE_SIGNED (t)                                               \
+        ? (t) -1                                                        \
+        : ((((t) 1 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 2)) - 1) * 2 + 1)))
+
+/* The maximum and minimum values for the type of the expression E,
+   after integer promotion.  E should not have side effects.  */
+#define _GL_INT_MINIMUM(e)                                              \
+  (_GL_INT_SIGNED (e)                                                   \
+   ? - _GL_INT_TWOS_COMPLEMENT (e) - _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (e)         \
+   : _GL_INT_CONVERT (e, 0))
+#define _GL_INT_MAXIMUM(e)                                              \
+  (_GL_INT_SIGNED (e)                                                   \
+   ? _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (e)                                         \
+   : _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (e, 1))
+#define _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM(e)                                       \
+  (((_GL_INT_CONVERT (e, 1) << (sizeof ((e) + 0) * CHAR_BIT - 2)) - 1) * 2 + 1)
+
+
+/* Return 1 if the __typeof__ keyword works.  This could be done by
+   'configure', but for now it's easier to do it by hand.  */
+#if 2 <= __GNUC__ || defined __IBM__TYPEOF__ || 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C
+# define _GL_HAVE___TYPEOF__ 1
+#else
+# define _GL_HAVE___TYPEOF__ 0
+#endif
+
+/* Return 1 if the integer type or expression T might be signed.  Return 0
+   if it is definitely unsigned.  This macro does not evaluate its argument,
+   and expands to an integer constant expression.  */
+#if _GL_HAVE___TYPEOF__
+# define _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR(t) TYPE_SIGNED (__typeof__ (t))
+#else
+# define _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR(t) 1
+#endif
+
+/* Bound on length of the string representing an unsigned integer
+   value representable in B bits.  log10 (2.0) < 146/485.  The
+   smallest value of B where this bound is not tight is 2621.  */
+#define INT_BITS_STRLEN_BOUND(b) (((b) * 146 + 484) / 485)
 
 /* Bound on length of the string representing an integer type or expression T.
-   Subtract 1 for the sign bit if T is signed; log10 (2.0) < 146/485;
-   add 1 for integer division truncation; add 1 more for a minus sign
-   if needed.  */
-# define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t) \
-  ((sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - signed_type_or_expr__ (t)) * 146 / 485 \
-   + signed_type_or_expr__ (t) + 1)
+   Subtract 1 for the sign bit if T is signed, and then add 1 more for
+   a minus sign if needed.
+
+   Because _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR sometimes returns 0 when its argument is
+   signed, this macro may overestimate the true bound by one byte when
+   applied to unsigned types of size 2, 4, 16, ... bytes.  */
+#define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t)                                     \
+  (INT_BITS_STRLEN_BOUND (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT                 \
+                          - _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR (t))        \
+   + _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR (t))
 
 /* Bound on buffer size needed to represent an integer type or expression T,
    including the terminating null.  */
-# define INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND(t) (INT_STRLEN_BOUND (t) + 1)
+#define INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND(t) (INT_STRLEN_BOUND (t) + 1)
+
+
+/* Range overflow checks.
+
+   The INT_<op>_RANGE_OVERFLOW macros return 1 if the corresponding C
+   operators might not yield numerically correct answers due to
+   arithmetic overflow.  They do not rely on undefined or
+   implementation-defined behavior.  Their implementations are simple
+   and straightforward, but they are a bit harder to use than the
+   INT_<op>_OVERFLOW macros described below.
+
+   Example usage:
+
+     long int i = ...;
+     long int j = ...;
+     if (INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW (i, j, LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX))
+       printf ("multiply would overflow");
+     else
+       printf ("product is %ld", i * j);
+
+   Restrictions on *_RANGE_OVERFLOW macros:
+
+   These macros do not check for all possible numerical problems or
+   undefined or unspecified behavior: they do not check for division
+   by zero, for bad shift counts, or for shifting negative numbers.
+
+   These macros may evaluate their arguments zero or multiple times,
+   so the arguments should not have side effects.  The arithmetic
+   arguments (including the MIN and MAX arguments) must be of the same
+   integer type after the usual arithmetic conversions, and the type
+   must have minimum value MIN and maximum MAX.  Unsigned types should
+   use a zero MIN of the proper type.
+
+   These macros are tuned for constant MIN and MAX.  For commutative
+   operations such as A + B, they are also tuned for constant B.  */
+
+/* Return 1 if A + B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+   See above for restrictions.  */
+#define INT_ADD_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)          \
+  ((b) < 0                                              \
+   ? (a) < (min) - (b)                                  \
+   : (max) - (b) < (a))
+
+/* Return 1 if A - B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+   See above for restrictions.  */
+#define INT_SUBTRACT_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)     \
+  ((b) < 0                                              \
+   ? (max) + (b) < (a)                                  \
+   : (a) < (min) + (b))
+
+/* Return 1 if - A would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+   See above for restrictions.  */
+#define INT_NEGATE_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, min, max)          \
+  ((min) < 0                                            \
+   ? (a) < - (max)                                      \
+   : 0 < (a))
+
+/* Return 1 if A * B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+   See above for restrictions.  Avoid && and || as they tickle
+   bugs in Sun C 5.11 2010/08/13 and other compilers; see
+   <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2011-05/msg00401.html>.  */
+#define INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)     \
+  ((b) < 0                                              \
+   ? ((a) < 0                                           \
+      ? (a) < (max) / (b)                               \
+      : (b) == -1                                       \
+      ? 0                                               \
+      : (min) / (b) < (a))                              \
+   : (b) == 0                                           \
+   ? 0                                                  \
+   : ((a) < 0                                           \
+      ? (a) < (min) / (b)                               \
+      : (max) / (b) < (a)))
+
+/* Return 1 if A / B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+   See above for restrictions.  Do not check for division by zero.  */
+#define INT_DIVIDE_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)       \
+  ((min) < 0 && (b) == -1 && (a) < - (max))
+
+/* Return 1 if A % B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+   See above for restrictions.  Do not check for division by zero.
+   Mathematically, % should never overflow, but on x86-like hosts
+   INT_MIN % -1 traps, and the C standard permits this, so treat this
+   as an overflow too.  */
+#define INT_REMAINDER_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)    \
+  INT_DIVIDE_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max)
+
+/* Return 1 if A << B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+   See above for restrictions.  Here, MIN and MAX are for A only, and B need
+   not be of the same type as the other arguments.  The C standard says that
+   behavior is undefined for shifts unless 0 <= B < wordwidth, and that when
+   A is negative then A << B has undefined behavior and A >> B has
+   implementation-defined behavior, but do not check these other
+   restrictions.  */
+#define INT_LEFT_SHIFT_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)   \
+  ((a) < 0                                              \
+   ? (a) < (min) >> (b)                                 \
+   : (max) >> (b) < (a))
+
+
+/* The _GL*_OVERFLOW macros have the same restrictions as the
+   *_RANGE_OVERFLOW macros, except that they do not assume that operands
+   (e.g., A and B) have the same type as MIN and MAX.  Instead, they assume
+   that the result (e.g., A + B) has that type.  */
+#define _GL_ADD_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)                                \
+  ((min) < 0 ? INT_ADD_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max)                  \
+   : (a) < 0 ? (b) <= (a) + (b)                                         \
+   : (b) < 0 ? (a) <= (a) + (b)                                         \
+   : (a) + (b) < (b))
+#define _GL_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)                           \
+  ((min) < 0 ? INT_SUBTRACT_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max)             \
+   : (a) < 0 ? 1                                                        \
+   : (b) < 0 ? (a) - (b) <= (a)                                         \
+   : (a) < (b))
+#define _GL_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)                           \
+  (((min) == 0 && (((a) < 0 && 0 < (b)) || ((b) < 0 && 0 < (a))))       \
+   || INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max))
+#define _GL_DIVIDE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)                             \
+  ((min) < 0 ? (b) == _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (min, 1) && (a) < - (max)  \
+   : (a) < 0 ? (b) <= (a) + (b) - 1                                     \
+   : (b) < 0 && (a) + (b) <= (a))
+#define _GL_REMAINDER_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)                          \
+  ((min) < 0 ? (b) == _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (min, 1) && (a) < - (max)  \
+   : (a) < 0 ? (a) % (b) != ((max) - (b) + 1) % (b)                     \
+   : (b) < 0 && ! _GL_UNSIGNED_NEG_MULTIPLE (a, b, max))
+
+/* Return a nonzero value if A is a mathematical multiple of B, where
+   A is unsigned, B is negative, and MAX is the maximum value of A's
+   type.  A's type must be the same as (A % B)'s type.  Normally (A %
+   -B == 0) suffices, but things get tricky if -B would overflow.  */
+#define _GL_UNSIGNED_NEG_MULTIPLE(a, b, max)                            \
+  (((b) < -_GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (b)                                   \
+    ? (_GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (b) == (max)                              \
+       ? (a)                                                            \
+       : (a) % (_GL_INT_CONVERT (a, _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (b)) + 1))   \
+    : (a) % - (b))                                                      \
+   == 0)
+
+
+/* Integer overflow checks.
+
+   The INT_<op>_OVERFLOW macros return 1 if the corresponding C operators
+   might not yield numerically correct answers due to arithmetic overflow.
+   They work correctly on all known practical hosts, and do not rely
+   on undefined behavior due to signed arithmetic overflow.
+
+   Example usage:
+
+     long int i = ...;
+     long int j = ...;
+     if (INT_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW (i, j))
+       printf ("multiply would overflow");
+     else
+       printf ("product is %ld", i * j);
+
+   These macros do not check for all possible numerical problems or
+   undefined or unspecified behavior: they do not check for division
+   by zero, for bad shift counts, or for shifting negative numbers.
+
+   These macros may evaluate their arguments zero or multiple times, so the
+   arguments should not have side effects.
+
+   These macros are tuned for their last argument being a constant.
+
+   Return 1 if the integer expressions A * B, A - B, -A, A * B, A / B,
+   A % B, and A << B would overflow, respectively.  */
+
+#define INT_ADD_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
+  _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_ADD_OVERFLOW)
+#define INT_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
+  _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW)
+#define INT_NEGATE_OVERFLOW(a) \
+  INT_NEGATE_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, _GL_INT_MINIMUM (a), _GL_INT_MAXIMUM (a))
+#define INT_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
+  _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW)
+#define INT_DIVIDE_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
+  _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_DIVIDE_OVERFLOW)
+#define INT_REMAINDER_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
+  _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_REMAINDER_OVERFLOW)
+#define INT_LEFT_SHIFT_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
+  INT_LEFT_SHIFT_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, \
+                                 _GL_INT_MINIMUM (a), _GL_INT_MAXIMUM (a))
+
+/* Return 1 if the expression A <op> B would overflow,
+   where OP_RESULT_OVERFLOW (A, B, MIN, MAX) does the actual test,
+   assuming MIN and MAX are the minimum and maximum for the result type.
+   Arguments should be free of side effects.  */
+#define _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW(a, b, op_result_overflow)        \
+  op_result_overflow (a, b,                                     \
+                      _GL_INT_MINIMUM (0 * (b) + (a)),          \
+                      _GL_INT_MAXIMUM (0 * (b) + (a)))
 
-#endif /* GL_INTPROPS_H */
+#endif /* _GL_INTPROPS_H */

gl/creat-safer.c → gl/itold.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-/* Invoke creat, but avoid some glitches.
-
-   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Replacement for 'int' to 'long double' conversion routine.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2011.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,17 +15,14 @@
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
 
-/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
-
 #include <config.h>
 
-#include "fcntl-safer.h"
-
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include "unistd-safer.h"
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <float.h>
 
-int
-creat_safer (char const *file, mode_t mode)
+void
+_Qp_itoq (long double *result, int a)
 {
-  return fd_safer (creat (file, mode));
+  /* Convert from 'int' to 'double', then from 'double' to 'long double'.  */
+  *result = (double) a;
 }

gl/langinfo.in.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Substitute for and wrapper around <langinfo.h>.
-   Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -12,27 +12,27 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
 
 /*
  * POSIX <langinfo.h> for platforms that lack it or have an incomplete one.
  * <http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/langinfo.h.html>
  */
 
-#ifndef _GL_LANGINFO_H
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LANGINFO_H
 
 #if __GNUC__ >= 3
 @PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
 #endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
 
 /* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
 #if @HAVE_LANGINFO_H@
 # @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_LANGINFO_H@
 #endif
 
-#ifndef _GL_LANGINFO_H
-#define _GL_LANGINFO_H
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LANGINFO_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LANGINFO_H
 
 
 #if !@HAVE_LANGINFO_H@
@@ -40,7 +40,10 @@
 /* A platform that lacks <langinfo.h>.  */
 
 /* Assume that it also lacks <nl_types.h> and the nl_item type.  */
+# if !GNULIB_defined_nl_item
 typedef int nl_item;
+#  define GNULIB_defined_nl_item 1
+# endif
 
 /* nl_langinfo items of the LC_CTYPE category */
 # define CODESET     10000
@@ -112,6 +115,11 @@ typedef int nl_item;
 #  define GNULIB_defined_CODESET 1
 # endif
 
+# if !@HAVE_LANGINFO_T_FMT_AMPM@
+#  define T_FMT_AMPM  10006
+#  define GNULIB_defined_T_FMT_AMPM 1
+# endif
+
 # if !@HAVE_LANGINFO_ERA@
 #  define ERA         10047
 #  define ERA_D_FMT   10048
@@ -121,6 +129,12 @@ typedef int nl_item;
 #  define GNULIB_defined_ERA 1
 # endif
 
+# if !@HAVE_LANGINFO_YESEXPR@
+#  define YESEXPR     10053
+#  define NOEXPR      10054
+#  define GNULIB_defined_YESEXPR 1
+# endif
+
 #endif
 
 /* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
@@ -158,5 +172,5 @@ _GL_WARN_ON_USE (nl_langinfo, "nl_langinfo is not portable - "
 #endif
 
 
-#endif /* _GL_LANGINFO_H */
-#endif /* _GL_LANGINFO_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LANGINFO_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LANGINFO_H */

gl/localcharset.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
 
-   Copyright (C) 2000-2006, 2008-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2006, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -13,8 +13,7 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
 
 /* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.  */
 
@@ -30,11 +29,11 @@
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
 #if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__ && HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
-# define DARWIN7 /* Darwin 7 or newer, i.e. MacOS X 10.3 or newer */
+# define DARWIN7 /* Darwin 7 or newer, i.e. Mac OS X 10.3 or newer */
 #endif
 
 #if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
-# define WIN32_NATIVE
+# define WINDOWS_NATIVE
 #endif
 
 #if defined __EMX__
@@ -44,7 +43,7 @@
 # endif
 #endif
 
-#if !defined WIN32_NATIVE
+#if !defined WINDOWS_NATIVE
 # include <unistd.h>
 # if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
 #  include <langinfo.h>
@@ -57,7 +56,7 @@
 #  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
 #  include <windows.h>
 # endif
-#elif defined WIN32_NATIVE
+#elif defined WINDOWS_NATIVE
 # define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
 # include <windows.h>
 #endif
@@ -66,6 +65,11 @@
 # include <os2.h>
 #endif
 
+/* For MB_CUR_MAX_L */
+#if defined DARWIN7
+# include <xlocale.h>
+#endif
+
 #if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
 # include "relocatable.h"
 #else
@@ -83,7 +87,7 @@
 #endif
 
 #if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
-  /* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
+  /* Native Windows, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
 # define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
 #endif
 
@@ -123,7 +127,7 @@ get_charset_aliases (void)
   cp = charset_aliases;
   if (cp == NULL)
     {
-#if !(defined DARWIN7 || defined VMS || defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__)
+#if !(defined DARWIN7 || defined VMS || defined WINDOWS_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__)
       const char *dir;
       const char *base = "charset.alias";
       char *file_name;
@@ -228,8 +232,7 @@ get_charset_aliases (void)
                         {
                           /* Out of memory. */
                           res_size = 0;
-                          if (old_res_ptr != NULL)
-                            free (old_res_ptr);
+                          free (old_res_ptr);
                           break;
                         }
                       strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
@@ -309,7 +312,7 @@ get_charset_aliases (void)
            "DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0";
 # endif
 
-# if defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__
+# if defined WINDOWS_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__
       /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
          directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
          runtime, simply inline the aliases here.  */
@@ -361,7 +364,7 @@ locale_charset (void)
   const char *codeset;
   const char *aliases;
 
-#if !(defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined OS2)
+#if !(defined WINDOWS_NATIVE || defined OS2)
 
 # if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
 
@@ -408,10 +411,10 @@ locale_charset (void)
             }
         }
 
-      /* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number:
-         GetACP().  This encoding is used by Cygwin, unless the user has set
-         the environment variable CYGWIN=codepage:oem (which very few people
-         do).
+      /* The Windows API has a function returning the locale's codepage as a
+         number: GetACP().  This encoding is used by Cygwin, unless the user
+         has set the environment variable CYGWIN=codepage:oem (which very few
+         people do).
          Output directed to console windows needs to be converted (to
          GetOEMCP() if the console is using a raster font, or to
          GetConsoleOutputCP() if it is using a TrueType font).  Cygwin does
@@ -454,12 +457,12 @@ locale_charset (void)
 
 # endif
 
-#elif defined WIN32_NATIVE
+#elif defined WINDOWS_NATIVE
 
   static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
 
-  /* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number:
-     GetACP().
+  /* The Windows API has a function returning the locale's codepage as a
+     number: GetACP().
      When the output goes to a console window, it needs to be provided in
      GetOEMCP() encoding if the console is using a raster font, or in
      GetConsoleOutputCP() encoding if it is using a TrueType font.
@@ -544,5 +547,12 @@ locale_charset (void)
   if (codeset[0] == '\0')
     codeset = "ASCII";
 
+#ifdef DARWIN7
+  /* Mac OS X sets MB_CUR_MAX to 1 when LC_ALL=C, and "UTF-8"
+     (the default codeset) does not work when MB_CUR_MAX is 1.  */
+  if (strcmp (codeset, "UTF-8") == 0 && MB_CUR_MAX_L (uselocale (NULL)) <= 1)
+    codeset = "ASCII";
+#endif
+
   return codeset;
 }

gl/localcharset.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
-   Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -13,8 +13,7 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
 
 #ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H
 #define _LOCALCHARSET_H

gl/locale.in.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* A POSIX <locale.h>.
-   Copyright (C) 2007-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -14,22 +14,37 @@
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
 
-#ifndef _GL_LOCALE_H
-
 #if __GNUC__ >= 3
 @PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
 #endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#ifdef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_LOCALE_H
+
+/* Special invocation conventions to handle Solaris header files
+   (through Solaris 10) when combined with gettext's libintl.h.  */
+
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_LOCALE_H@
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LOCALE_H
+
+#define _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_LOCALE_H
 
 /* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
 #@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_LOCALE_H@
 
-#ifndef _GL_LOCALE_H
-#define _GL_LOCALE_H
+#undef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_LOCALE_H
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LOCALE_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LOCALE_H
 
 /* NetBSD 5.0 mis-defines NULL.  */
 #include <stddef.h>
 
-/* MacOS X 10.5 defines the locale_t type in <xlocale.h>.  */
+/* Mac OS X 10.5 defines the locale_t type in <xlocale.h>.  */
 #if @HAVE_XLOCALE_H@
 # include <xlocale.h>
 #endif
@@ -46,6 +61,132 @@
 # define LC_MESSAGES 1729
 #endif
 
+/* Bionic libc's 'struct lconv' is just a dummy.  */
+#if @REPLACE_STRUCT_LCONV@
+# define lconv rpl_lconv
+struct lconv
+{
+  /* All 'char *' are actually 'const char *'.  */
+
+  /* Members that depend on the LC_NUMERIC category of the locale.  See
+     <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap07.html#tag_07_03_04> */
+
+  /* Symbol used as decimal point.  */
+  char *decimal_point;
+  /* Symbol used to separate groups of digits to the left of the decimal
+     point.  */
+  char *thousands_sep;
+  /* Definition of the size of groups of digits to the left of the decimal
+     point.  */
+  char *grouping;
+
+  /* Members that depend on the LC_MONETARY category of the locale.  See
+     <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap07.html#tag_07_03_03> */
+
+  /* Symbol used as decimal point.  */
+  char *mon_decimal_point;
+  /* Symbol used to separate groups of digits to the left of the decimal
+     point.  */
+  char *mon_thousands_sep;
+  /* Definition of the size of groups of digits to the left of the decimal
+     point.  */
+  char *mon_grouping;
+  /* Sign used to indicate a value >= 0.  */
+  char *positive_sign;
+  /* Sign used to indicate a value < 0.  */
+  char *negative_sign;
+
+  /* For formatting local currency.  */
+  /* Currency symbol (3 characters) followed by separator (1 character).  */
+  char *currency_symbol;
+  /* Number of digits after the decimal point.  */
+  char frac_digits;
+  /* For values >= 0: 1 if the currency symbol precedes the number, 0 if it
+     comes after the number.  */
+  char p_cs_precedes;
+  /* For values >= 0: Position of the sign.  */
+  char p_sign_posn;
+  /* For values >= 0: Placement of spaces between currency symbol, sign, and
+     number.  */
+  char p_sep_by_space;
+  /* For values < 0: 1 if the currency symbol precedes the number, 0 if it
+     comes after the number.  */
+  char n_cs_precedes;
+  /* For values < 0: Position of the sign.  */
+  char n_sign_posn;
+  /* For values < 0: Placement of spaces between currency symbol, sign, and
+     number.  */
+  char n_sep_by_space;
+
+  /* For formatting international currency.  */
+  /* Currency symbol (3 characters) followed by separator (1 character).  */
+  char *int_curr_symbol;
+  /* Number of digits after the decimal point.  */
+  char int_frac_digits;
+  /* For values >= 0: 1 if the currency symbol precedes the number, 0 if it
+     comes after the number.  */
+  char int_p_cs_precedes;
+  /* For values >= 0: Position of the sign.  */
+  char int_p_sign_posn;
+  /* For values >= 0: Placement of spaces between currency symbol, sign, and
+     number.  */
+  char int_p_sep_by_space;
+  /* For values < 0: 1 if the currency symbol precedes the number, 0 if it
+     comes after the number.  */
+  char int_n_cs_precedes;
+  /* For values < 0: Position of the sign.  */
+  char int_n_sign_posn;
+  /* For values < 0: Placement of spaces between currency symbol, sign, and
+     number.  */
+  char int_n_sep_by_space;
+};
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_LOCALECONV@
+# if @REPLACE_LOCALECONV@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef localeconv
+#   define localeconv rpl_localeconv
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (localeconv, struct lconv *, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (localeconv, struct lconv *, (void));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (localeconv, struct lconv *, (void));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (localeconv);
+#elif @REPLACE_STRUCT_LCONV@
+# undef localeconv
+# define localeconv localeconv_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_localeconv
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef localeconv
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOCALECONV
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (localeconv,
+                 "localeconv returns too few information on some platforms - "
+                 "use gnulib module localeconv for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_SETLOCALE@
+# if @REPLACE_SETLOCALE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef setlocale
+#   define setlocale rpl_setlocale
+#   define GNULIB_defined_setlocale 1
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (setlocale, char *, (int category, const char *locale));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (setlocale, char *, (int category, const char *locale));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (setlocale, char *, (int category, const char *locale));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (setlocale);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef setlocale
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SETLOCALE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (setlocale, "setlocale works differently on native Windows - "
+                 "use gnulib module setlocale for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
 #if @GNULIB_DUPLOCALE@
 # if @REPLACE_DUPLOCALE@
 #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
@@ -70,5 +211,6 @@ _GL_WARN_ON_USE (duplocale, "duplocale is buggy on some glibc systems - "
 # endif
 #endif
 
-#endif /* _GL_LOCALE_H */
-#endif /* _GL_LOCALE_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LOCALE_H */
+#endif /* ! _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_LOCALE_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LOCALE_H */

gl/localeconv.c

@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/* Query locale dependent information for formatting numbers.
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_LCONV_DECIMAL_POINT
+
+/* Override for platforms where 'struct lconv' lacks the int_p_*, int_n_*
+   members.  */
+
+struct lconv *
+localeconv (void)
+{
+  static struct lconv result;
+# undef lconv
+# undef localeconv
+  struct lconv *sys_result = localeconv ();
+
+  result.decimal_point = sys_result->decimal_point;
+  result.thousands_sep = sys_result->thousands_sep;
+  result.grouping = sys_result->grouping;
+  result.mon_decimal_point = sys_result->mon_decimal_point;
+  result.mon_thousands_sep = sys_result->mon_thousands_sep;
+  result.mon_grouping = sys_result->mon_grouping;
+  result.positive_sign = sys_result->positive_sign;
+  result.negative_sign = sys_result->negative_sign;
+  result.currency_symbol = sys_result->currency_symbol;
+  result.frac_digits = sys_result->frac_digits;
+  result.p_cs_precedes = sys_result->p_cs_precedes;
+  result.p_sign_posn = sys_result->p_sign_posn;
+  result.p_sep_by_space = sys_result->p_sep_by_space;
+  result.n_cs_precedes = sys_result->n_cs_precedes;
+  result.n_sign_posn = sys_result->n_sign_posn;
+  result.n_sep_by_space = sys_result->n_sep_by_space;
+  result.int_curr_symbol = sys_result->int_curr_symbol;
+  result.int_frac_digits = sys_result->int_frac_digits;
+  result.int_p_cs_precedes = sys_result->p_cs_precedes;
+  result.int_p_sign_posn = sys_result->p_sign_posn;
+  result.int_p_sep_by_space = sys_result->p_sep_by_space;
+  result.int_n_cs_precedes = sys_result->n_cs_precedes;
+  result.int_n_sign_posn = sys_result->n_sign_posn;
+  result.int_n_sep_by_space = sys_result->n_sep_by_space;
+
+  return &result;
+}
+
+#else
+
+/* Override for platforms where 'struct lconv' is a dummy.  */
+
+# include <limits.h>
+
+struct lconv *
+localeconv (void)
+{
+  static /*const*/ struct lconv result =
+    {
+      /* decimal_point */ ".",
+      /* thousands_sep */ "",
+      /* grouping */ "",
+      /* mon_decimal_point */ "",
+      /* mon_thousands_sep */ "",
+      /* mon_grouping */ "",
+      /* positive_sign */ "",
+      /* negative_sign */ "",
+      /* currency_symbol */ "",
+      /* frac_digits */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* p_cs_precedes */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* p_sign_posn */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* p_sep_by_space */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* n_cs_precedes */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* n_sign_posn */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* n_sep_by_space */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* int_curr_symbol */ "",
+      /* int_frac_digits */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* int_p_cs_precedes */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* int_p_sign_posn */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* int_p_sep_by_space */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* int_n_cs_precedes */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* int_n_sign_posn */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* int_n_sep_by_space */ CHAR_MAX
+    };
+
+  return &result;
+}
+
+#endif

gl/m4/00gnulib.m4

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 # 00gnulib.m4 serial 2
-dnl Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.

gl/m4/alloca.m4

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-# alloca.m4 serial 9
-dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation,
+# alloca.m4 serial 14
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation,
 dnl Inc.
 dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
@@ -7,10 +7,6 @@ dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
 
 AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_ALLOCA],
 [
-  dnl Work around a bug of AC_EGREP_CPP in autoconf-2.57.
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CPP])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_EGREP])
-
   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])
   if test $ac_cv_func_alloca_works = no; then
     gl_PREREQ_ALLOCA
@@ -40,8 +36,86 @@ AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_ALLOCA],
     ALLOCA_H=alloca.h
   fi
   AC_SUBST([ALLOCA_H])
+  AM_CONDITIONAL([GL_GENERATE_ALLOCA_H], [test -n "$ALLOCA_H"])
 ])
 
 # Prerequisites of lib/alloca.c.
 # STACK_DIRECTION is already handled by AC_FUNC_ALLOCA.
 AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_ALLOCA], [:])
+
+# This works around a bug in autoconf <= 2.68.
+# See <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2011-06/msg00277.html>.
+
+m4_version_prereq([2.69], [] ,[
+
+# This is taken from the following Autoconf patch:
+# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/autoconf.git/commit/?id=6cd9f12520b0d6f76d3230d7565feba1ecf29497
+
+# _AC_LIBOBJ_ALLOCA
+# -----------------
+# Set up the LIBOBJ replacement of 'alloca'.  Well, not exactly
+# AC_LIBOBJ since we actually set the output variable 'ALLOCA'.
+# Nevertheless, for Automake, AC_LIBSOURCES it.
+m4_define([_AC_LIBOBJ_ALLOCA],
+[# The SVR3 libPW and SVR4 libucb both contain incompatible functions
+# that cause trouble.  Some versions do not even contain alloca or
+# contain a buggy version.  If you still want to use their alloca,
+# use ar to extract alloca.o from them instead of compiling alloca.c.
+AC_LIBSOURCES(alloca.c)
+AC_SUBST([ALLOCA], [\${LIBOBJDIR}alloca.$ac_objext])dnl
+AC_DEFINE(C_ALLOCA, 1, [Define to 1 if using 'alloca.c'.])
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether 'alloca.c' needs Cray hooks, ac_cv_os_cray,
+[AC_EGREP_CPP(webecray,
+[#if defined CRAY && ! defined CRAY2
+webecray
+#else
+wenotbecray
+#endif
+], ac_cv_os_cray=yes, ac_cv_os_cray=no)])
+if test $ac_cv_os_cray = yes; then
+  for ac_func in _getb67 GETB67 getb67; do
+    AC_CHECK_FUNC($ac_func,
+                  [AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(CRAY_STACKSEG_END, $ac_func,
+                                      [Define to one of '_getb67', 'GETB67',
+                                       'getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP
+                                       systems. This function is required for
+                                       'alloca.c' support on those systems.])
+    break])
+  done
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([stack direction for C alloca],
+               [ac_cv_c_stack_direction],
+[AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE(
+[AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
+int
+find_stack_direction (int *addr, int depth)
+{
+  int dir, dummy = 0;
+  if (! addr)
+    addr = &dummy;
+  *addr = addr < &dummy ? 1 : addr == &dummy ? 0 : -1;
+  dir = depth ? find_stack_direction (addr, depth - 1) : 0;
+  return dir + dummy;
+}
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  return find_stack_direction (0, argc + !argv + 20) < 0;
+}])],
+               [ac_cv_c_stack_direction=1],
+               [ac_cv_c_stack_direction=-1],
+               [ac_cv_c_stack_direction=0])])
+AH_VERBATIM([STACK_DIRECTION],
+[/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
+   direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
+   automatically deduced at runtime.
+        STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+        STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+        STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
+@%:@undef STACK_DIRECTION])dnl
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(STACK_DIRECTION, $ac_cv_c_stack_direction)
+])# _AC_LIBOBJ_ALLOCA
+])

gl/m4/arpa_inet_h.m4

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-# arpa_inet_h.m4 serial 8
-dnl Copyright (C) 2006, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# arpa_inet_h.m4 serial 13
+dnl Copyright (C) 2006, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -22,24 +22,22 @@ AC_DEFUN([gl_HEADER_ARPA_INET],
   dnl <arpa/inet.h> is always overridden, because of GNULIB_POSIXCHECK.
   gl_CHECK_NEXT_HEADERS([arpa/inet.h])
 
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_FEATURES_H])
+
   dnl Check for declarations of anything we want to poison if the
   dnl corresponding gnulib module is not in use.
   gl_WARN_ON_USE_PREPARE([[
 /* On some systems, this header is not self-consistent.  */
-#ifndef __GLIBC__
+#if !(defined __GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__)
 # include <sys/socket.h>
 #endif
+#ifdef __TANDEM
+# include <netdb.h>
+#endif
 #include <arpa/inet.h>
     ]], [inet_ntop inet_pton])
 ])
 
-dnl Unconditionally enables the replacement of <arpa/inet.h>.
-AC_DEFUN([gl_REPLACE_ARPA_INET_H],
-[
-  dnl This is a no-op, because <arpa/inet.h> is always overridden.
-  :
-])
-
 AC_DEFUN([gl_ARPA_INET_MODULE_INDICATOR],
 [
   dnl Use AC_REQUIRE here, so that the default settings are expanded once only.
@@ -54,4 +52,6 @@ AC_DEFUN([gl_ARPA_INET_H_DEFAULTS],
   dnl Assume proper GNU behavior unless another module says otherwise.
   HAVE_DECL_INET_NTOP=1;  AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_INET_NTOP])
   HAVE_DECL_INET_PTON=1;  AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_INET_PTON])
+  REPLACE_INET_NTOP=0;    AC_SUBST([REPLACE_INET_NTOP])
+  REPLACE_INET_PTON=0;    AC_SUBST([REPLACE_INET_PTON])
 ])

gl/m4/asm-underscore.m4

@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-# asm-underscore.m4 serial 1
-dnl Copyright (C) 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-dnl From Bruno Haible. Based on as-underscore.m4 in GNU clisp.
-
-# gl_ASM_SYMBOL_PREFIX
-# Tests for the prefix of C symbols at the assembly language level and the
-# linker level. This prefix is either an underscore or empty. Defines the
-# C macro USER_LABEL_PREFIX to this prefix, and sets ASM_SYMBOL_PREFIX to
-# a stringified variant of this prefix.
-
-AC_DEFUN([gl_ASM_SYMBOL_PREFIX],
-[
-  dnl We don't use GCC's __USER_LABEL_PREFIX__ here, because
-  dnl 1. It works only for GCC.
-  dnl 2. It is incorrectly defined on some platforms, in some GCC versions.
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK(
-    [whether C symbols are prefixed with underscore at the linker level],
-    [gl_cv_prog_as_underscore],
-    [cat > conftest.c <<EOF
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" int foo (void);
-#endif
-int foo(void) { return 0; }
-EOF
-     # Look for the assembly language name in the .s file.
-     AC_TRY_COMMAND(${CC-cc} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS -S conftest.c) >/dev/null 2>&1
-     if grep _foo conftest.s >/dev/null ; then
-       gl_cv_prog_as_underscore=yes
-     else
-       gl_cv_prog_as_underscore=no
-     fi
-     rm -f conftest*
-    ])
-  if test $gl_cv_prog_as_underscore = yes; then
-    USER_LABEL_PREFIX=_
-  else
-    USER_LABEL_PREFIX=
-  fi
-  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([USER_LABEL_PREFIX], [$USER_LABEL_PREFIX],
-    [Define to the prefix of C symbols at the assembler and linker level,
-     either an underscore or empty.])
-  ASM_SYMBOL_PREFIX='"'${USER_LABEL_PREFIX}'"'
-  AC_SUBST([ASM_SYMBOL_PREFIX])
-])

gl/m4/base64.m4

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-# base64.m4 serial 3
-dnl Copyright (C) 2004, 2006, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# base64.m4 serial 4
+dnl Copyright (C) 2004, 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -11,6 +11,5 @@ AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_BASE64],
 
 # Prerequisites of lib/base64.c.
 AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_BASE64], [
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])
   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_RESTRICT])
 ])

gl/m4/btowc.m4

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-# btowc.m4 serial 6
-dnl Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# btowc.m4 serial 10
+dnl Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -26,16 +26,23 @@ AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_BTOWC],
     AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether btowc(0) is correct],
       [gl_cv_func_btowc_nul],
       [
-        AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <stdio.h>
+        AC_RUN_IFELSE(
+          [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
 #include <string.h>
+/* Tru64 with Desktop Toolkit C has a bug: <stdio.h> must be included before
+   <wchar.h>.
+   BSD/OS 4.0.1 has a bug: <stddef.h>, <stdio.h> and <time.h> must be
+   included before <wchar.h>.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <time.h>
 #include <wchar.h>
 int main ()
 {
   if (btowc ('\0') != 0)
     return 1;
   return 0;
-}],
+}]])],
           [gl_cv_func_btowc_nul=yes],
           [gl_cv_func_btowc_nul=no],
           [
@@ -65,10 +72,17 @@ changequote(,)dnl
         esac
 changequote([,])dnl
         if test $LOCALE_FR != none; then
-          AC_TRY_RUN([
+          AC_RUN_IFELSE(
+            [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
 #include <locale.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
 #include <string.h>
+/* Tru64 with Desktop Toolkit C has a bug: <stdio.h> must be included before
+   <wchar.h>.
+   BSD/OS 4.0.1 has a bug: <stddef.h>, <stdio.h> and <time.h> must be
+   included before <wchar.h>.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <time.h>
 #include <wchar.h>
 int main ()
 {
@@ -78,7 +92,7 @@ int main ()
         return 1;
     }
   return 0;
-}],
+}]])],
             [gl_cv_func_btowc_eof=yes],
             [gl_cv_func_btowc_eof=no],
             [:])
@@ -94,11 +108,6 @@ int main ()
       *) REPLACE_BTOWC=1 ;;
     esac
   fi
-  if test $HAVE_BTOWC = 0 || test $REPLACE_BTOWC = 1; then
-    gl_REPLACE_WCHAR_H
-    AC_LIBOBJ([btowc])
-    gl_PREREQ_BTOWC
-  fi
 ])
 
 # Prerequisites of lib/btowc.c.

gl/m4/c-strtod.m4

@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-# c-strtod.m4 serial 11
-
-# Copyright (C) 2004-2006, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# Written by Paul Eggert.
-
-AC_DEFUN([gl_C99_STRTOLD],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether strtold conforms to C99],
-    [gl_cv_func_c99_strtold],
-    [AC_LINK_IFELSE(
-       [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
-          [[/* On HP-UX before 11.23, strtold returns a struct instead of
-                long double.  Reject implementations like that, by requiring
-                compatibility with the C99 prototype.  */
-             #include <stdlib.h>
-             static long double (*p) (char const *, char **) = strtold;
-             static long double
-             test (char const *nptr, char **endptr)
-             {
-               long double r;
-               r = strtold (nptr, endptr);
-               return r;
-             }]],
-           [[return test ("1.0", NULL) != 1 || p ("1.0", NULL) != 1;]])],
-       [gl_cv_func_c99_strtold=yes],
-       [gl_cv_func_c99_strtold=no])])
-  if test $gl_cv_func_c99_strtold = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_C99_STRTOLD], [1], [Define to 1 if strtold conforms to C99.])
-  fi
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([gl_C_STRTOD],
-[
-  AC_LIBOBJ([c-strtod])
-
-  dnl Prerequisites of lib/c-strtod.c.
-  AC_REQUIRE([gl_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS])
-
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])
-  :
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([gl_C_STRTOLD],
-[
-  AC_LIBOBJ([c-strtold])
-
-  dnl Prerequisites of lib/c-strtold.c.
-  AC_REQUIRE([gl_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS])
-  AC_REQUIRE([gl_C99_STRTOLD])
-
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])
-  :
-])

gl/m4/codeset.m4

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-# codeset.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.18)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002, 2006, 2008-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# codeset.m4 serial 5 (gettext-0.18.2)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002, 2006, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -9,10 +9,12 @@ dnl From Bruno Haible.
 AC_DEFUN([AM_LANGINFO_CODESET],
 [
   AC_CACHE_CHECK([for nl_langinfo and CODESET], [am_cv_langinfo_codeset],
-    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <langinfo.h>],
-      [char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET); return !cs;],
-      [am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes],
-      [am_cv_langinfo_codeset=no])
+    [AC_LINK_IFELSE(
+       [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
+          [[#include <langinfo.h>]],
+          [[char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET); return !cs;]])],
+       [am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes],
+       [am_cv_langinfo_codeset=no])
     ])
   if test $am_cv_langinfo_codeset = yes; then
     AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET], [1],

gl/m4/configmake.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+# configmake.m4 serial 1
+dnl Copyright (C) 2010-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# gl_CONFIGMAKE_PREP
+# ------------------
+# Guarantee all of the standard directory variables, even when used with
+# autoconf 2.59 (datarootdir wasn't supported until 2.59c) or automake
+# 1.9.6 (pkglibexecdir wasn't supported until 1.10b.).
+AC_DEFUN([gl_CONFIGMAKE_PREP],
+[
+  dnl Technically, datadir should default to datarootdir.  But if
+  dnl autoconf is too old to provide datarootdir, then reversing the
+  dnl definition is a reasonable compromise.  Only AC_SUBST a variable
+  dnl if it was not already defined earlier by autoconf.
+  if test "x$datarootdir" = x; then
+    AC_SUBST([datarootdir], ['${datadir}'])
+  fi
+  dnl Copy the approach used in autoconf 2.60.
+  if test "x$docdir" = x; then
+    AC_SUBST([docdir], [m4_ifset([AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME],
+      ['${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}'],
+      ['${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE}'])])
+  fi
+  dnl The remaining variables missing from autoconf 2.59 are easier.
+  if test "x$htmldir" = x; then
+    AC_SUBST([htmldir], ['${docdir}'])
+  fi
+  if test "x$dvidir" = x; then
+    AC_SUBST([dvidir], ['${docdir}'])
+  fi
+  if test "x$pdfdir" = x; then
+    AC_SUBST([pdfdir], ['${docdir}'])
+  fi
+  if test "x$psdir" = x; then
+    AC_SUBST([psdir], ['${docdir}'])
+  fi
+  if test "x$lispdir" = x; then
+    AC_SUBST([lispdir], ['${datarootdir}/emacs/site-lisp'])
+  fi
+  if test "x$localedir" = x; then
+    AC_SUBST([localedir], ['${datarootdir}/locale'])
+  fi
+
+  dnl Automake 1.9.6 only lacks pkglibexecdir; and since 1.11 merely
+  dnl provides it without AC_SUBST, this blind use of AC_SUBST is safe.
+  AC_SUBST([pkglibexecdir], ['${libexecdir}/${PACKAGE}'])
+])

gl/m4/dirname.m4

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-#serial 8   -*- autoconf -*-
-dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2006, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#serial 10   -*- autoconf -*-
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -7,18 +7,11 @@ dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
 AC_DEFUN([gl_DIRNAME],
 [
   AC_REQUIRE([gl_DIRNAME_LGPL])
-  AC_LIBOBJ([basename])
-  AC_LIBOBJ([dirname])
 ])
 
 AC_DEFUN([gl_DIRNAME_LGPL],
 [
-  AC_LIBOBJ([basename-lgpl])
-  AC_LIBOBJ([dirname-lgpl])
-  AC_LIBOBJ([stripslash])
-
   dnl Prerequisites of lib/dirname.h.
-  AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_DOS])
   AC_REQUIRE([gl_DOUBLE_SLASH_ROOT])
 
   dnl No prerequisites of lib/basename-lgpl.c, lib/dirname-lgpl.c,

gl/m4/dos.m4

@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-#serial 11   -*- autoconf -*-
-
-# Define some macros required for proper operation of code in lib/*.c
-# on MSDOS/Windows systems.
-
-# Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# From Jim Meyering.
-
-AC_DEFUN([gl_AC_DOS],
-  [
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether system is Windows or MSDOS], [ac_cv_win_or_dos],
-      [
-        AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [[
-#if !defined _WIN32 && !defined __WIN32__ && !defined __MSDOS__ && !defined __CYGWIN__
-neither MSDOS nor Windows
-#endif]])],
-        [ac_cv_win_or_dos=yes],
-        [ac_cv_win_or_dos=no])
-      ])
-
-    if test x"$ac_cv_win_or_dos" = xyes; then
-      ac_fs_accepts_drive_letter_prefix=1
-      ac_fs_backslash_is_file_name_separator=1
-      AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether drive letter can start relative path],
-                     [ac_cv_drive_letter_can_be_relative],
-        [
-          AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [[
-#if defined __CYGWIN__
-drive letters are always absolute
-#endif]])],
-          [ac_cv_drive_letter_can_be_relative=yes],
-          [ac_cv_drive_letter_can_be_relative=no])
-        ])
-      if test x"$ac_cv_drive_letter_can_be_relative" = xyes; then
-        ac_fs_drive_letter_can_be_relative=1
-      else
-        ac_fs_drive_letter_can_be_relative=0
-      fi
-    else
-      ac_fs_accepts_drive_letter_prefix=0
-      ac_fs_backslash_is_file_name_separator=0
-      ac_fs_drive_letter_can_be_relative=0
-    fi
-
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([FILE_SYSTEM_ACCEPTS_DRIVE_LETTER_PREFIX],
-      $ac_fs_accepts_drive_letter_prefix,
-      [Define on systems for which file names may have a so-called
-       `drive letter' prefix, define this to compute the length of that
-       prefix, including the colon.])
-
-    AH_VERBATIM(ISSLASH,
-    [#if FILE_SYSTEM_BACKSLASH_IS_FILE_NAME_SEPARATOR
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
-#else
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
-#endif])
-
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([FILE_SYSTEM_BACKSLASH_IS_FILE_NAME_SEPARATOR],
-      $ac_fs_backslash_is_file_name_separator,
-      [Define if the backslash character may also serve as a file name
-       component separator.])
-
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE],
-      $ac_fs_drive_letter_can_be_relative,
-      [Define if a drive letter prefix denotes a relative path if it is
-       not followed by a file name component separator.])
-  ])

gl/m4/double-slash-root.m4

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 # double-slash-root.m4 serial 4   -*- Autoconf -*-
-dnl Copyright (C) 2006, 2008-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl Copyright (C) 2006, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.

gl/m4/dup2.m4

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-#serial 10
-dnl Copyright (C) 2002, 2005, 2007, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_DUP2],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([gl_UNISTD_H_DEFAULTS])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE([dup2])
-  if test $ac_cv_func_dup2 = no; then
-    HAVE_DUP2=0
-    AC_LIBOBJ([dup2])
-  else
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether dup2 works], [gl_cv_func_dup2_works],
-      [AC_RUN_IFELSE([
-         AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <unistd.h>
-#include <errno.h>]],
-           [if (dup2 (1, 1) == 0)
-              return 1;
-            close (0);
-            if (dup2 (0, 0) != -1)
-              return 2;
-            /* Many gnulib modules require POSIX conformance of EBADF.  */
-            if (dup2 (1, 1000000) == -1 && errno != EBADF)
-              return 3;
-            return 0;
-           ])
-        ],
-        [gl_cv_func_dup2_works=yes], [gl_cv_func_dup2_works=no],
-        [case "$host_os" in
-           mingw*) # on this platform, dup2 always returns 0 for success
-             gl_cv_func_dup2_works=no;;
-           cygwin*) # on cygwin 1.5.x, dup2(1,1) returns 0
-             gl_cv_func_dup2_works=no;;
-           linux*) # On linux between 2008-07-27 and 2009-05-11, dup2 of a
-                   # closed fd may yield -EBADF instead of -1 / errno=EBADF.
-             gl_cv_func_dup2_works=no;;
-           freebsd*) # on FreeBSD 6.1, dup2(1,1000000) gives EMFILE, not EBADF.
-             gl_cv_func_dup2_works=no;;
-           *) gl_cv_func_dup2_works=yes;;
-         esac])
-      ])
-    if test "$gl_cv_func_dup2_works" = no; then
-      gl_REPLACE_DUP2
-    fi
-  fi
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([gl_REPLACE_DUP2],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([gl_UNISTD_H_DEFAULTS])
-  if test $ac_cv_func_dup2 = yes; then
-    REPLACE_DUP2=1
-  fi
-  AC_LIBOBJ([dup2])
-])

gl/m4/eealloc.m4

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-# eealloc.m4 serial 2
-dnl Copyright (C) 2003, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# eealloc.m4 serial 3
+dnl Copyright (C) 2003, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -8,7 +8,6 @@ AC_DEFUN([gl_EEALLOC],
 [
   AC_REQUIRE([gl_EEMALLOC])
   AC_REQUIRE([gl_EEREALLOC])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])
 ])
 
 AC_DEFUN([gl_EEMALLOC],

gl/m4/environ.m4

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-# environ.m4 serial 4
-dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2006-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# environ.m4 serial 6
+dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -9,7 +9,16 @@ AC_DEFUN_ONCE([gl_ENVIRON],
   AC_REQUIRE([gl_UNISTD_H_DEFAULTS])
   dnl Persuade glibc <unistd.h> to declare environ.
   AC_REQUIRE([gl_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS])
-  gt_CHECK_VAR_DECL([#include <unistd.h>], environ)
+
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([unistd.h])
+  gt_CHECK_VAR_DECL(
+    [#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+     #include <unistd.h>
+     #endif
+     /* mingw, BeOS, Haiku declare environ in <stdlib.h>, not in <unistd.h>.  */
+     #include <stdlib.h>
+    ],
+    [environ])
   if test $gt_cv_var_environ_declaration != yes; then
     HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON=0
   fi
@@ -22,11 +31,13 @@ AC_DEFUN([gt_CHECK_VAR_DECL],
   define([gt_cv_var], [gt_cv_var_]$2[_declaration])
   AC_MSG_CHECKING([if $2 is properly declared])
   AC_CACHE_VAL([gt_cv_var], [
-    AC_TRY_COMPILE([$1
-      extern struct { int foo; } $2;],
-      [$2.foo = 1;],
-      gt_cv_var=no,
-      gt_cv_var=yes)])
+    AC_COMPILE_IFELSE(
+      [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
+         [[$1
+           extern struct { int foo; } $2;]],
+         [[$2.foo = 1;]])],
+      [gt_cv_var=no],
+      [gt_cv_var=yes])])
   AC_MSG_RESULT([$gt_cv_var])
   if test $gt_cv_var = yes; then
     AC_DEFINE([HAVE_]m4_translit($2, [a-z], [A-Z])[_DECL], 1,

gl/m4/errno_h.m4

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-# errno_h.m4 serial 6
-dnl Copyright (C) 2004, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# errno_h.m4 serial 12
+dnl Copyright (C) 2004, 2006, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -10,6 +10,9 @@ AC_DEFUN_ONCE([gl_HEADER_ERRNO_H],
   AC_CACHE_CHECK([for complete errno.h], [gl_cv_header_errno_h_complete], [
     AC_EGREP_CPP([booboo],[
 #include <errno.h>
+#if !defined ETXTBSY
+booboo
+#endif
 #if !defined ENOMSG
 booboo
 #endif
@@ -34,11 +37,29 @@ booboo
 #if !defined ENOTSUP
 booboo
 #endif
+#if !defined ENETRESET
+booboo
+#endif
+#if !defined ECONNABORTED
+booboo
+#endif
 #if !defined ESTALE
 booboo
 #endif
+#if !defined EDQUOT
+booboo
+#endif
 #if !defined ECANCELED
 booboo
+#endif
+#if !defined EOWNERDEAD
+booboo
+#endif
+#if !defined ENOTRECOVERABLE
+booboo
+#endif
+#if !defined EILSEQ
+booboo
 #endif
       ],
       [gl_cv_header_errno_h_complete=no],
@@ -47,10 +68,11 @@ booboo
   if test $gl_cv_header_errno_h_complete = yes; then
     ERRNO_H=''
   else
-    gl_CHECK_NEXT_HEADERS([errno.h])
+    gl_NEXT_HEADERS([errno.h])
     ERRNO_H='errno.h'
   fi
   AC_SUBST([ERRNO_H])
+  AM_CONDITIONAL([GL_GENERATE_ERRNO_H], [test -n "$ERRNO_H"])
   gl_REPLACE_ERRNO_VALUE([EMULTIHOP])
   gl_REPLACE_ERRNO_VALUE([ENOLINK])
   gl_REPLACE_ERRNO_VALUE([EOVERFLOW])

gl/m4/error.m4

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-#serial 12
+#serial 14
 
-# Copyright (C) 1996-1998, 2001-2004, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1996-1998, 2001-2004, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 #
 # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
@@ -8,15 +8,20 @@
 
 AC_DEFUN([gl_ERROR],
 [
-  AC_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE
-  dnl Note: AC_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE does AC_LIBSOURCES([error.h, error.c]).
-  gl_PREREQ_ERROR
+  dnl We don't use AC_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE any more, because it is no longer
+  dnl maintained in Autoconf and because it invokes AC_LIBOBJ.
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for error_at_line], [ac_cv_lib_error_at_line],
+    [AC_LINK_IFELSE(
+       [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
+          [[#include <error.h>]],
+          [[error_at_line (0, 0, "", 0, "an error occurred");]])],
+       [ac_cv_lib_error_at_line=yes],
+       [ac_cv_lib_error_at_line=no])])
 ])
 
 # Prerequisites of lib/error.c.
 AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_ERROR],
 [
   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])
   :
 ])

gl/m4/exponentd.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+# exponentd.m4 serial 3
+dnl Copyright (C) 2007-2008, 2010-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_DOUBLE_EXPONENT_LOCATION],
+[
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([where to find the exponent in a 'double'],
+    [gl_cv_cc_double_expbit0],
+    [
+      AC_RUN_IFELSE(
+        [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
+#include <float.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#define NWORDS \
+  ((sizeof (double) + sizeof (unsigned int) - 1) / sizeof (unsigned int))
+typedef union { double value; unsigned int word[NWORDS]; } memory_double;
+static unsigned int ored_words[NWORDS];
+static unsigned int anded_words[NWORDS];
+static void add_to_ored_words (double x)
+{
+  memory_double m;
+  size_t i;
+  /* Clear it first, in case sizeof (double) < sizeof (memory_double).  */
+  memset (&m, 0, sizeof (memory_double));
+  m.value = x;
+  for (i = 0; i < NWORDS; i++)
+    {
+      ored_words[i] |= m.word[i];
+      anded_words[i] &= m.word[i];
+    }
+}
+int main ()
+{
+  size_t j;
+  FILE *fp = fopen ("conftest.out", "w");
+  if (fp == NULL)
+    return 1;
+  for (j = 0; j < NWORDS; j++)
+    anded_words[j] = ~ (unsigned int) 0;
+  add_to_ored_words (0.25);
+  add_to_ored_words (0.5);
+  add_to_ored_words (1.0);
+  add_to_ored_words (2.0);
+  add_to_ored_words (4.0);
+  /* Remove bits that are common (e.g. if representation of the first mantissa
+     bit is explicit).  */
+  for (j = 0; j < NWORDS; j++)
+    ored_words[j] &= ~anded_words[j];
+  /* Now find the nonzero word.  */
+  for (j = 0; j < NWORDS; j++)
+    if (ored_words[j] != 0)
+      break;
+  if (j < NWORDS)
+    {
+      size_t i;
+      for (i = j + 1; i < NWORDS; i++)
+        if (ored_words[i] != 0)
+          {
+            fprintf (fp, "unknown");
+            return (fclose (fp) != 0);
+          }
+      for (i = 0; ; i++)
+        if ((ored_words[j] >> i) & 1)
+          {
+            fprintf (fp, "word %d bit %d", (int) j, (int) i);
+            return (fclose (fp) != 0);
+          }
+    }
+  fprintf (fp, "unknown");
+  return (fclose (fp) != 0);
+}
+        ]])],
+        [gl_cv_cc_double_expbit0=`cat conftest.out`],
+        [gl_cv_cc_double_expbit0="unknown"],
+        [
+          dnl On ARM, there are two 'double' floating-point formats, used by
+          dnl different sets of instructions: The older FPA instructions assume
+          dnl that they are stored in big-endian word order, while the words
+          dnl (like integer types) are stored in little-endian byte order.
+          dnl The newer VFP instructions assume little-endian order
+          dnl consistently.
+          AC_EGREP_CPP([mixed_endianness], [
+#if defined arm || defined __arm || defined __arm__
+  mixed_endianness
+#endif
+            ],
+            [gl_cv_cc_double_expbit0="unknown"],
+            [
+              pushdef([AC_MSG_CHECKING],[:])dnl
+              pushdef([AC_MSG_RESULT],[:])dnl
+              pushdef([AC_MSG_RESULT_UNQUOTED],[:])dnl
+              AC_C_BIGENDIAN(
+                [gl_cv_cc_double_expbit0="word 0 bit 20"],
+                [gl_cv_cc_double_expbit0="word 1 bit 20"],
+                [gl_cv_cc_double_expbit0="unknown"])
+              popdef([AC_MSG_RESULT_UNQUOTED])dnl
+              popdef([AC_MSG_RESULT])dnl
+              popdef([AC_MSG_CHECKING])dnl
+            ])
+        ])
+      rm -f conftest.out
+    ])
+  case "$gl_cv_cc_double_expbit0" in
+    word*bit*)
+      word=`echo "$gl_cv_cc_double_expbit0" | sed -e 's/word //' -e 's/ bit.*//'`
+      bit=`echo "$gl_cv_cc_double_expbit0" | sed -e 's/word.*bit //'`
+      AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([DBL_EXPBIT0_WORD], [$word],
+        [Define as the word index where to find the exponent of 'double'.])
+      AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([DBL_EXPBIT0_BIT], [$bit],
+        [Define as the bit index in the word where to find bit 0 of the exponent of 'double'.])
+      ;;
+  esac
+])

gl/m4/extensions.m4

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
-# serial 9  -*- Autoconf -*-
+# serial 13  -*- Autoconf -*-
 # Enable extensions on systems that normally disable them.
 
-# Copyright (C) 2003, 2006-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
 
-# This definition of AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS is stolen from CVS
+# This definition of AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS is stolen from git
 # Autoconf.  Perhaps we can remove this once we can assume Autoconf
-# 2.62 or later everywhere, but since CVS Autoconf mutates rapidly
+# 2.70 or later everywhere, but since Autoconf mutates rapidly
 # enough in this area it's likely we'll need to redefine
 # AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS for quite some time.
 
@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@
 # ------------------------
 # Enable extensions on systems that normally disable them,
 # typically due to standards-conformance issues.
+#
 # Remember that #undef in AH_VERBATIM gets replaced with #define by
 # AC_DEFINE.  The goal here is to define all known feature-enabling
 # macros, then, if reports of conflicts are made, disable macros that
@@ -38,35 +39,31 @@ AC_DEFUN_ONCE([AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS],
 [AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE])dnl
 AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_RUN_IFELSE])dnl
 
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
-
   AC_CHECK_HEADER([minix/config.h], [MINIX=yes], [MINIX=])
   if test "$MINIX" = yes; then
     AC_DEFINE([_POSIX_SOURCE], [1],
-      [Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other
+      [Define to 1 if you need to in order for 'stat' and other
        things to work.])
     AC_DEFINE([_POSIX_1_SOURCE], [2],
       [Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features
        except with this defined.])
     AC_DEFINE([_MINIX], [1],
       [Define to 1 if on MINIX.])
+    AC_DEFINE([_NETBSD_SOURCE], [1],
+      [Define to 1 to make NetBSD features available.  MINIX 3 needs this.])
   fi
 
-  dnl HP-UX 11.11 defines mbstate_t only if _XOPEN_SOURCE is defined to 500,
-  dnl regardless of whether the flags -Ae or _D_HPUX_SOURCE=1 are already
-  dnl provided.
-  case "$host_os" in
-    hpux*)
-      AC_DEFINE([_XOPEN_SOURCE], [500],
-        [Define to 500 only on HP-UX.])
-      ;;
-  esac
-
-  AH_VERBATIM([__EXTENSIONS__],
+dnl Use a different key than __EXTENSIONS__, as that name broke existing
+dnl configure.ac when using autoheader 2.62.
+  AH_VERBATIM([USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS],
 [/* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix.  */
 #ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
 # undef _ALL_SOURCE
 #endif
+/* Enable general extensions on OS X.  */
+#ifndef _DARWIN_C_SOURCE
+# undef _DARWIN_C_SOURCE
+#endif
 /* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them.  */
 #ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
 # undef _GNU_SOURCE
@@ -79,6 +76,12 @@ AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_RUN_IFELSE])dnl
 #ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE
 # undef _TANDEM_SOURCE
 #endif
+/* Enable X/Open extensions if necessary.  HP-UX 11.11 defines
+   mbstate_t only if _XOPEN_SOURCE is defined to 500, regardless of
+   whether compiling with -Ae or -D_HPUX_SOURCE=1.  */
+#ifndef _XOPEN_SOURCE
+# undef _XOPEN_SOURCE
+#endif
 /* Enable general extensions on Solaris.  */
 #ifndef __EXTENSIONS__
 # undef __EXTENSIONS__
@@ -95,9 +98,26 @@ AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_RUN_IFELSE])dnl
   test $ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__ = yes &&
     AC_DEFINE([__EXTENSIONS__])
   AC_DEFINE([_ALL_SOURCE])
+  AC_DEFINE([_DARWIN_C_SOURCE])
   AC_DEFINE([_GNU_SOURCE])
   AC_DEFINE([_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS])
   AC_DEFINE([_TANDEM_SOURCE])
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether _XOPEN_SOURCE should be defined],
+    [ac_cv_should_define__xopen_source],
+    [ac_cv_should_define__xopen_source=no
+     AC_COMPILE_IFELSE(
+       [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+          #include <wchar.h>
+          mbstate_t x;]])],
+       [],
+       [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE(
+          [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+             #define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500
+             #include <wchar.h>
+             mbstate_t x;]])],
+          [ac_cv_should_define__xopen_source=yes])])])
+  test $ac_cv_should_define__xopen_source = yes &&
+    AC_DEFINE([_XOPEN_SOURCE], [500])
 ])# AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
 
 # gl_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS

gl/m4/extern-inline.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+dnl 'extern inline' a la ISO C99.
+
+dnl Copyright 2012-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_EXTERN_INLINE],
+[
+  AH_VERBATIM([extern_inline],
+[/* Please see the Gnulib manual for how to use these macros.
+
+   Suppress extern inline with HP-UX cc, as it appears to be broken; see
+   <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-texinfo/2013-02/msg00030.html>.
+
+   Suppress extern inline with Sun C in standards-conformance mode, as it
+   mishandles inline functions that call each other.  E.g., for 'inline void f
+   (void) { } inline void g (void) { f (); }', c99 incorrectly complains
+   'reference to static identifier "f" in extern inline function'.
+   This bug was observed with Sun C 5.12 SunOS_i386 2011/11/16.
+
+   Suppress the use of extern inline on Apple's platforms, as Libc at least
+   through Libc-825.26 (2013-04-09) is incompatible with it; see, e.g.,
+   <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2012-12/msg00023.html>.
+   Perhaps Apple will fix this some day.  */
+#if ((__GNUC__ \
+      ? defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ && __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ \
+      : (199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__ \
+         && !defined __HP_cc \
+         && !(defined __SUNPRO_C && __STDC__))) \
+     && !defined __APPLE__)
+# define _GL_INLINE inline
+# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE extern inline
+#elif (2 < __GNUC__ + (7 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) && !defined __STRICT_ANSI__ \
+       && !defined __APPLE__)
+# if __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__
+   /* __gnu_inline__ suppresses a GCC 4.2 diagnostic.  */
+#  define _GL_INLINE extern inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_INLINE extern inline
+# endif
+# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE extern
+#else
+# define _GL_INLINE static _GL_UNUSED
+# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE static _GL_UNUSED
+#endif
+
+#if 4 < __GNUC__ + (6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+# if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ && __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
+#  define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_CONST_PRAGMA
+# else
+#  define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_CONST_PRAGMA \
+     _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wsuggest-attribute=const\"")
+# endif
+  /* Suppress GCC's bogus "no previous prototype for 'FOO'"
+     and "no previous declaration for 'FOO'"  diagnostics,
+     when FOO is an inline function in the header; see
+     <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=54113>.  */
+# define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic push") \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wmissing-prototypes\"") \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wmissing-declarations\"") \
+    _GL_INLINE_HEADER_CONST_PRAGMA
+# define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_END \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic pop")
+#else
+# define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+# define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+#endif])
+])

gl/m4/fcntl-o.m4

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-# fcntl-o.m4 serial 2
-dnl Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# fcntl-o.m4 serial 4
+dnl Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -17,12 +17,21 @@ AC_DEFUN([gl_FCNTL_O_FLAGS],
   m4_ifdef([AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS],
     [AC_REQUIRE([AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS])],
     [AC_REQUIRE([AC_GNU_SOURCE])])
+
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([unistd.h])
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE([symlink])
   AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working fcntl.h], [gl_cv_header_working_fcntl_h],
     [AC_RUN_IFELSE(
        [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
           [[#include <sys/types.h>
            #include <sys/stat.h>
-           #include <unistd.h>
+           #if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+           # include <unistd.h>
+           #else /* on Windows with MSVC */
+           # include <io.h>
+           # include <stdlib.h>
+           # defined sleep(n) _sleep ((n) * 1000)
+           #endif
            #include <fcntl.h>
            #ifndef O_NOATIME
             #define O_NOATIME 0
@@ -37,34 +46,74 @@ AC_DEFUN([gl_FCNTL_O_FLAGS],
             };
           ]],
           [[
-            int status = !constants;
+            int result = !constants;
+            #if HAVE_SYMLINK
             {
               static char const sym[] = "conftest.sym";
-              if (symlink (".", sym) != 0
-                  || close (open (sym, O_RDONLY | O_NOFOLLOW)) == 0)
-                status |= 32;
+              if (symlink ("/dev/null", sym) != 0)
+                result |= 2;
+              else
+                {
+                  int fd = open (sym, O_WRONLY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CREAT, 0);
+                  if (fd >= 0)
+                    {
+                      close (fd);
+                      result |= 4;
+                    }
+                }
+              if (unlink (sym) != 0 || symlink (".", sym) != 0)
+                result |= 2;
+              else
+                {
+                  int fd = open (sym, O_RDONLY | O_NOFOLLOW);
+                  if (fd >= 0)
+                    {
+                      close (fd);
+                      result |= 4;
+                    }
+                }
               unlink (sym);
             }
+            #endif
             {
               static char const file[] = "confdefs.h";
               int fd = open (file, O_RDONLY | O_NOATIME);
-              char c;
-              struct stat st0, st1;
-              if (fd < 0
-                  || fstat (fd, &st0) != 0
-                  || sleep (1) != 0
-                  || read (fd, &c, 1) != 1
-                  || close (fd) != 0
-                  || stat (file, &st1) != 0
-                  || st0.st_atime != st1.st_atime)
-                status |= 64;
+              if (fd < 0)
+                result |= 8;
+              else
+                {
+                  struct stat st0;
+                  if (fstat (fd, &st0) != 0)
+                    result |= 16;
+                  else
+                    {
+                      char c;
+                      sleep (1);
+                      if (read (fd, &c, 1) != 1)
+                        result |= 24;
+                      else
+                        {
+                          if (close (fd) != 0)
+                            result |= 32;
+                          else
+                            {
+                              struct stat st1;
+                              if (stat (file, &st1) != 0)
+                                result |= 40;
+                              else
+                                if (st0.st_atime != st1.st_atime)
+                                  result |= 64;
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
             }
-            return status;]])],
+            return result;]])],
        [gl_cv_header_working_fcntl_h=yes],
        [case $? in #(
-        32) gl_cv_header_working_fcntl_h='no (bad O_NOFOLLOW)';; #(
+        4) gl_cv_header_working_fcntl_h='no (bad O_NOFOLLOW)';; #(
         64) gl_cv_header_working_fcntl_h='no (bad O_NOATIME)';; #(
-        96) gl_cv_header_working_fcntl_h='no (bad O_NOATIME, O_NOFOLLOW)';; #(
+        68) gl_cv_header_working_fcntl_h='no (bad O_NOATIME, O_NOFOLLOW)';; #(
          *) gl_cv_header_working_fcntl_h='no';;
         esac],
        [gl_cv_header_working_fcntl_h=cross-compiling])])

gl/m4/fcntl-safer.m4

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-#serial 7
-dnl Copyright (C) 2005-2007, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-AC_DEFUN([gl_FCNTL_SAFER],
-[
-  AC_LIBOBJ([open-safer])
-  AC_LIBOBJ([creat-safer])
-  # Prerequisites of lib/open-safer.c.
-  AC_REQUIRE([gl_PROMOTED_TYPE_MODE_T])
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([gl_OPENAT_SAFER],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([gl_FCNTL_SAFER])
-  AC_LIBOBJ([openat-safer])
-])

gl/m4/fcntl.m4

@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-# fcntl.m4 serial 3
-dnl Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# For now, this module ensures that fcntl()
-# - supports F_DUPFD correctly
-# - supports or emulates F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC
-# - supports F_GETFD
-# Still to be ported to mingw:
-# - F_SETFD
-# - F_GETFL, F_SETFL
-# - F_GETOWN, F_SETOWN
-# - F_GETLK, F_SETLK, F_SETLKW
-AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_FCNTL],
-[
-  dnl Persuade glibc to expose F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC.
-  AC_REQUIRE([gl_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS])
-  AC_REQUIRE([gl_FCNTL_H_DEFAULTS])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE([fcntl])
-  if test $ac_cv_func_fcntl = no; then
-    gl_REPLACE_FCNTL
-  else
-    dnl cygwin 1.5.x F_DUPFD has wrong errno, and allows negative target
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether fcntl handles F_DUPFD correctly],
-      [gl_cv_func_fcntl_f_dupfd_works],
-      [AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
-#include <fcntl.h>
-]], [[return fcntl (0, F_DUPFD, -1) != -1;
-         ]])],
-         [gl_cv_func_fcntl_f_dupfd_works=yes],
-         [gl_cv_func_fcntl_f_dupfd_works=no],
-         [# Guess that it works on glibc systems
-          case $host_os in #((
-            *-gnu*) gl_cv_func_fcntl_f_dupfd_works="guessing yes";;
-            *)      gl_cv_func_fcntl_f_dupfd_works="guessing no";;
-          esac])])
-    case $gl_cv_func_fcntl_f_dupfd_works in
-      *yes) ;;
-      *) gl_REPLACE_FCNTL
-        AC_DEFINE([FCNTL_DUPFD_BUGGY], [1], [Define this to 1 if F_DUPFD
-          behavior does not match POSIX]) ;;
-    esac
-
-    dnl Many systems lack F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether fcntl understands F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC],
-      [gl_cv_func_fcntl_f_dupfd_cloexec],
-      [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#ifndef F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC
-choke me
-#endif
-         ]])],
-         [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
-#ifdef __linux__
-/* The Linux kernel only added F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC in 2.6.24, so we always replace
-   it to support the semantics on older kernels that failed with EINVAL.  */
-choke me
-#endif
-           ]])],
-           [gl_cv_func_fcntl_f_dupfd_cloexec=yes],
-           [gl_cv_func_fcntl_f_dupfd_cloexec="needs runtime check"])],
-         [gl_cv_func_fcntl_f_dupfd_cloexec=no])])
-    if test "$gl_cv_func_fcntl_f_dupfd_cloexec" != yes; then
-      gl_REPLACE_FCNTL
-      dnl No witness macro needed for this bug.
-    fi
-  fi
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([gl_REPLACE_FCNTL],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([gl_FCNTL_H_DEFAULTS])
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE([fcntl])
-  if test $ac_cv_func_fcntl = no; then
-    HAVE_FCNTL=0
-  else
-    REPLACE_FCNTL=1
-  fi
-  AC_LIBOBJ([fcntl])
-])

gl/m4/fcntl_h.m4

@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-# serial 12
-# Configure fcntl.h.
-dnl Copyright (C) 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-dnl Written by Paul Eggert.
-
-AC_DEFUN([gl_FCNTL_H],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([gl_FCNTL_H_DEFAULTS])
-  AC_REQUIRE([gl_FCNTL_O_FLAGS])
-  gl_CHECK_NEXT_HEADERS([fcntl.h])
-
-  dnl Check for declarations of anything we want to poison if the
-  dnl corresponding gnulib module is not in use, if it is not common
-  dnl enough to be declared everywhere.
-  gl_WARN_ON_USE_PREPARE([[#include <fcntl.h>
-    ]], [fcntl openat])
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([gl_FCNTL_MODULE_INDICATOR],
-[
-  dnl Use AC_REQUIRE here, so that the default settings are expanded once only.
-  AC_REQUIRE([gl_FCNTL_H_DEFAULTS])
-  gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_SET_VARIABLE([$1])
-  dnl Define it also as a C macro, for the benefit of the unit tests.
-  gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_FOR_TESTS([$1])
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([gl_FCNTL_H_DEFAULTS],
-[
-  GNULIB_FCNTL=0;   AC_SUBST([GNULIB_FCNTL])
-  GNULIB_OPEN=0;    AC_SUBST([GNULIB_OPEN])
-  GNULIB_OPENAT=0;  AC_SUBST([GNULIB_OPENAT])
-  dnl Assume proper GNU behavior unless another module says otherwise.
-  HAVE_FCNTL=1;     AC_SUBST([HAVE_FCNTL])
-  HAVE_OPENAT=1;    AC_SUBST([HAVE_OPENAT])
-  REPLACE_FCNTL=0;  AC_SUBST([REPLACE_FCNTL])
-  REPLACE_OPEN=0;   AC_SUBST([REPLACE_OPEN])
-  REPLACE_OPENAT=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_OPENAT])
-])

gl/m4/float_h.m4

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-# float_h.m4 serial 3
-dnl Copyright (C) 2007, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# float_h.m4 serial 9
+dnl Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -9,11 +9,90 @@ AC_DEFUN([gl_FLOAT_H],
   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
   AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
   FLOAT_H=
+  REPLACE_FLOAT_LDBL=0
   case "$host_os" in
-    beos* | openbsd*)
+    aix* | beos* | openbsd* | mirbsd* | irix*)
       FLOAT_H=float.h
-      gl_CHECK_NEXT_HEADERS([float.h])
+      ;;
+    freebsd*)
+      case "$host_cpu" in
+changequote(,)dnl
+        i[34567]86 )
+changequote([,])dnl
+          FLOAT_H=float.h
+          ;;
+        x86_64 )
+          # On x86_64 systems, the C compiler may still be generating
+          # 32-bit code.
+          AC_EGREP_CPP([yes],
+            [#if defined __LP64__ || defined __x86_64__ || defined __amd64__
+             yes
+             #endif],
+            [],
+            [FLOAT_H=float.h])
+          ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+    linux*)
+      case "$host_cpu" in
+        powerpc*)
+          FLOAT_H=float.h
+          ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+  esac
+  case "$host_os" in
+    aix* | freebsd* | linux*)
+      if test -n "$FLOAT_H"; then
+        REPLACE_FLOAT_LDBL=1
+      fi
       ;;
   esac
+
+  dnl Test against glibc-2.7 Linux/SPARC64 bug.
+  REPLACE_ITOLD=0
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether conversion from 'int' to 'long double' works],
+    [gl_cv_func_itold_works],
+    [
+      AC_RUN_IFELSE(
+        [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
+int i = -1;
+volatile long double ld;
+int main ()
+{
+  ld += i * 1.0L;
+  if (ld > 0)
+    return 1;
+  return 0;
+}]])],
+        [gl_cv_func_itold_works=yes],
+        [gl_cv_func_itold_works=no],
+        [case "$host" in
+           sparc*-*-linux*)
+             AC_EGREP_CPP([yes],
+               [#if defined __LP64__ || defined __arch64__
+                yes
+                #endif],
+               [gl_cv_func_itold_works="guessing no"],
+               [gl_cv_func_itold_works="guessing yes"])
+             ;;
+           *) gl_cv_func_itold_works="guessing yes" ;;
+         esac
+        ])
+    ])
+  case "$gl_cv_func_itold_works" in
+    *no)
+      REPLACE_ITOLD=1
+      dnl We add the workaround to <float.h> but also to <math.h>,
+      dnl to increase the chances that the fix function gets pulled in.
+      FLOAT_H=float.h
+      ;;
+  esac
+
+  if test -n "$FLOAT_H"; then
+    gl_NEXT_HEADERS([float.h])
+  fi
   AC_SUBST([FLOAT_H])
+  AM_CONDITIONAL([GL_GENERATE_FLOAT_H], [test -n "$FLOAT_H"])
+  AC_SUBST([REPLACE_ITOLD])
 ])

gl/m4/floorf.m4

@@ -1,16 +1,17 @@
-# floorf.m4 serial 6
-dnl Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# floorf.m4 serial 13
+dnl Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
 
 AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_FLOORF],
 [
+  m4_divert_text([DEFAULTS], [gl_floorf_required=plain])
   AC_REQUIRE([gl_MATH_H_DEFAULTS])
   dnl Persuade glibc <math.h> to declare floorf().
   AC_REQUIRE([gl_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS])
   dnl Test whether floorf() is declared.
-  AC_CHECK_DECLS([floorf], , , [#include <math.h>])
+  AC_CHECK_DECLS([floorf], , , [[#include <math.h>]])
   if test "$ac_cv_have_decl_floorf" = yes; then
     dnl Test whether floorf() can be used without libm.
     gl_FUNC_FLOORF_LIBS
@@ -19,11 +20,54 @@ AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_FLOORF],
       dnl libm.so, but not in the libm.so that the compiler uses.
       REPLACE_FLOORF=1
     fi
+    m4_ifdef([gl_FUNC_FLOORF_IEEE], [
+      if test $gl_floorf_required = ieee && test $REPLACE_FLOORF = 0; then
+        AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) dnl for cross-compiles
+        AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether floorf works according to ISO C 99 with IEC 60559],
+          [gl_cv_func_floorf_ieee],
+          [
+            save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+            LIBS="$LIBS $FLOORF_LIBM"
+            AC_RUN_IFELSE(
+              [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
+#ifndef __NO_MATH_INLINES
+# define __NO_MATH_INLINES 1 /* for glibc */
+#endif
+#include <math.h>
+]gl_FLOAT_MINUS_ZERO_CODE[
+]gl_FLOAT_SIGNBIT_CODE[
+static float dummy (float f) { return 0; }
+int main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  float (*my_floorf) (float) = argc ? floorf : dummy;
+  /* Test whether floorf (-0.0f) is -0.0f.  */
+  if (signbitf (minus_zerof) && !signbitf (my_floorf (minus_zerof)))
+    return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+              ]])],
+              [gl_cv_func_floorf_ieee=yes],
+              [gl_cv_func_floorf_ieee=no],
+              [case "$host_os" in
+                         # Guess yes on glibc systems.
+                 *-gnu*) gl_cv_func_floorf_ieee="guessing yes" ;;
+                         # If we don't know, assume the worst.
+                 *)      gl_cv_func_floorf_ieee="guessing no" ;;
+               esac
+              ])
+            LIBS="$save_LIBS"
+          ])
+        case "$gl_cv_func_floorf_ieee" in
+          *yes) ;;
+          *) REPLACE_FLOORF=1 ;;
+        esac
+      fi
+    ])
   else
     HAVE_DECL_FLOORF=0
   fi
   if test $HAVE_DECL_FLOORF = 0 || test $REPLACE_FLOORF = 1; then
-    AC_LIBOBJ([floorf])
+    dnl No libraries are needed to link lib/floorf.c.
     FLOORF_LIBM=
   fi
   AC_SUBST([FLOORF_LIBM])
@@ -35,24 +79,28 @@ AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_FLOORF_LIBS],
 [
   gl_CACHE_VAL_SILENT([gl_cv_func_floorf_libm], [
     gl_cv_func_floorf_libm=?
-    AC_TRY_LINK([
-       #ifndef __NO_MATH_INLINES
-       # define __NO_MATH_INLINES 1 /* for glibc */
-       #endif
-       #include <math.h>
-       float x;],
-      [x = floorf(x);],
+    AC_LINK_IFELSE(
+      [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
+         [[#ifndef __NO_MATH_INLINES
+           # define __NO_MATH_INLINES 1 /* for glibc */
+           #endif
+           #include <math.h>
+           float (*funcptr) (float) = floorf;
+           float x;]],
+         [[x = funcptr(x) + floorf(x);]])],
       [gl_cv_func_floorf_libm=])
     if test "$gl_cv_func_floorf_libm" = "?"; then
       save_LIBS="$LIBS"
       LIBS="$LIBS -lm"
-      AC_TRY_LINK([
-         #ifndef __NO_MATH_INLINES
-         # define __NO_MATH_INLINES 1 /* for glibc */
-         #endif
-         #include <math.h>
-         float x;],
-        [x = floorf(x);],
+      AC_LINK_IFELSE(
+        [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
+           [[#ifndef __NO_MATH_INLINES
+             # define __NO_MATH_INLINES 1 /* for glibc */
+             #endif
+             #include <math.h>
+             float (*funcptr) (float) = floorf;
+             float x;]],
+           [[x = funcptr(x) + floorf(x);]])],
         [gl_cv_func_floorf_libm="-lm"])
       LIBS="$save_LIBS"
     fi

gl/m4/fstypename.m4

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ dnl See if struct statfs has the f_fstypename member.
 dnl If so, define HAVE_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FSTYPENAME.
 dnl
 
-# Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2001, 2004, 2006, 2009-2010 Free Software
+# Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2001, 2004, 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
 # Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,